Gen 1.27: So God make da peopo, same same jalike one copy a him.
Gen 2.3: He make dat day da spesho day fo him.
Gen 2.7: Az how da guy get life inside him.
Gen 2.18: I goin make somebody fo him, jalike him but diffren, dat goin kokua him.
Gen 2.18: I goin make somebody fo him, jalike him but diffren, dat goin kokua him.
Gen 2.18: somebody fo him, jalike him but diffren, dat goin kokua him.
Gen 2.20: But still yet, da guy neva find one a dem dat stay jalike him but diffren, fo kokua him.
Gen 2.20: find one a dem dat stay jalike him but diffren, fo kokua him.
Gen 2.21: Wen da guy sleeping, God take one rib outa him, an den close up da place wit skin.
Gen 3.16: Still yet, you goin like stay wit yoa husban, An him, he goin be in charge a you.
Gen 4.4: Yahweh like wat Abel give him.
Gen 4.5: mo den Cain, an he neva care fo da present Cain wen give him.
Gen 4.10: Wat you wen do to him, hah?”
Gen 4.11: open fo soak up da blood from yoa brudda wen you wen kill him.
Gen 4.26: start fo aks Yahweh fo help um cuz dey know wat kine God him.
Gen 5.1: Da time God wen make da peopo, he make um fo be like him, jalike one copy.
Gen 7.23: Noah, he da ony guy dat stay alive, him an da odda peopo dat stay wit him inside da big boat.
Gen 7.23: ony guy dat stay alive, him an da odda peopo dat stay wit him inside da big boat.
Gen 8.1: animals an da farm animals dat was inside da big boat wit him.
Gen 9.6: make da peopo Jalike dey one picha, Made fo look jalike him, same same.
Gen 9.18: Jafet, Noah three boys, dat wen come outa da big boat wit him.
Gen 9.23: um behind dem an go backwards inside da tent, an dey cova him wit da blanket.
Gen 9.24: He find out wat his boy Ham wen do to him.
Gen 10.9: Nimrod wen come real good fo hunt, an Yahweh know bout him.
Gen 12.7: Wen dey stay dea, Yahweh wen let Abram see him.
Gen 12.7: one altar an make sacrifice, cuz Yahweh wen let Abram see him, dat place.
Gen 12.18: Den da Pharaoh guy wen tell Abram fo come by him.
Gen 13.2: Dat time, wen he wen go outa Egypt, he go da Negev side, him an his wife an Lot an all dea stuffs.
Gen 13.11: Him an his peopo, dey wen go move house ova dea, da east
Gen 14.4: Fo twelve year, him an three odda king guys from da big towns aroun Babylon
Gen 14.5: 14, Kedorla`omer an da three king guys dat stay tight wit him, dey all wen go ova dea wit dea army guys fo make war wit
Gen 14.12: nephew guy, who dat time stay Sodom side, dey wen take him an all his stuffs too.
Gen 14.14: He tell um all fo go out wit him, an dey chase da Babylon king guys an dea army guys, all
Gen 14.18: Abram stay go, da king fo Salem town wen come out talk wit him, Shaveh Valley, da place we call da King's Valley.
Gen 15.4: Him, da one goin get all yoa stuffs bumbye.
head: Abram Make Sacrifice, An God Make Deal Fo Him
Gen 15.12: He feel jalike someting dark wen come ova him, an he scared plenny.
Gen 16.11: You goin give him da name Ishmael Cuz Yahweh lissen, an he know you suffa
Gen 16.12: Nobody goin tell him wat fo do.
Gen 16.12: He goin like beef erybody, An erybody goin like beef him.
Gen 17.1: wen Abram 99 year old awready, Yahweh wen let Abram see him.
Gen 17.3: God wen talk to him lidis: “Cuz I get dis deal wit you, you goin come da
Gen 17.19: You goin give him da name Isaac (dat mean, ‘he laugh’).
Gen 17.19: I goin make da same deal fo him dat I get wit you, him an da peopo dat goin come from him,
Gen 17.19: I goin make da same deal fo him dat I get wit you, him an da peopo dat goin come from him, foeva.
Gen 17.19: him dat I get wit you, him an da peopo dat goin come from him, foeva.
Gen 17.20: I promise, I goin do good tings fo him too.
Gen 17.20: I goin make him get so choke plenny peopo goin come from him, twelve
Gen 17.20: I goin make him get so choke plenny peopo goin come from him, twelve important leada guys goin come from him.
Gen 17.20: come from him, twelve important leada guys goin come from him.
Gen 18.7: young cow wit good meat, an tell one young guy dat work fo him fo go kill da cow quick an fix da meat nice.”
Gen 18.17: let um stay secret so Abraham no goin know, o I goin tell him?
Gen 18.19: how I know he goin tell his kids, an da peopo dat work fo him, an da peopo dat goin come from dem, dat dey all gotta
Gen 18.19: how I goin make come fo Abraham da tings dat I wen tell him goin come.
Gen 18.27: Den Abraham tell him, “Look, I like talk some moa to you if you let me.
Gen 19.3: So dey go wit him his house.
Gen 19.6: But he shut da door behind him.”
Gen 19.27: morning, Abraham wen get up early an go to da place wea him an Yahweh wen stand fo talk da day befo.
Gen 19.32: Den we go sleep wit him.
Gen 19.32: Dat way, him an us goin get kids an make our ohana stay alive.
Gen 19.33: Den da older daughta wen go by her fadda an go sleep wit him.”
Gen 19.33: da fadda drunk, he neva know notting, wen she lay down wit him an wen she get up.
Gen 19.34: We give um plenny wine fo drink, den you go sleep wit him.
Gen 19.34: Dat way him an us goin get kids an make our ohana stay alive.
Gen 19.35: Da younga daughta wen go sleep wit him, an cuz he drunk, he neva know notting wen she lay down
Gen 19.35: an cuz he drunk, he neva know notting wen she lay down wit him an wen she get up.”
Gen 20.8: Abimelek get up early an tell all da guys dat work fo him fo come by him.
Gen 20.8: up early an tell all da guys dat work fo him fo come by him.
Gen 20.14: um to Abraham, an he give Abraham's wife Sarah back to him.’-”
Gen 21.3: da name Isaac to da new bebe, da boy dat Sarah wen born fo him.
Gen 21.7: But now, I stay born one boy fo him wen he old awready!
Gen 21.8: Da boy Isaac wen come mo big, an his mudda pau nurse him.
Gen 21.8: make big bebe lu`au fo Isaac, da time his mudda pau nurse him.
Gen 21.13: fo da slave wahine's boy, I goin make one peopo come from him too, cuz he come from you.
Gen 21.17: Same time, da boy pray to God, an God lissen to him.”
Gen 21.18: Go by Ishmael an put yoa arms aroun him!
Gen 21.18: You gotta take good care him so notting bad happen.
Gen 21.18: Cuz da peopo dat goin come from him, I goin make dem come one important peopo!
Gen 21.20: From dat time, an wen Ishmael come big, God help him plenny.
Gen 22.2: da ony one you get, da one you get plenny love an aloha fo him.”
Gen 22.3: Den he start fo go da place God wen tell um, him an his boy Isaac an two young worka guys.
Gen 22.5: Dass da place we goin go down in front God fo show him love an respeck.
Gen 22.7: Abraham answa him, “Yeah, my boy?
Gen 22.9: Den he go tie up his boy Isaac an put him on top da alta, on top da wood.
Gen 22.11: Right den one angel messenja guy from Yahweh yell to him from da air, “Hui!
Gen 22.13: Abraham go pull da sheep outa da bushes, an take him to da altar.
Gen 22.20: Him an his wife Milkah, dey get kids now!
Gen 22.21: Afta him get his brudda Buz.
Gen 23.9: I pay him good money fo da cave, so I can get one place by you guys
Gen 23.10: to Abraham so all da odda Het peopo from dat town can hear him, all da peopo dat wen come togedda inside da town gate, da
Gen 24.1: Yahweh wen make eryting come out okay fo him.
Gen 24.2: One time, Abraham wen tell da oldes guy dat work fo him fo come.
Gen 24.12: I like you do good ting fo my boss Abraham now, cuz you an him get deal.
Gen 24.14: an dat you stay stick wit my boss guy Abraham, cuz you an him get deal.’
Gen 24.24: Rebecca tell him, “Me, I Betu`el daughta.
Gen 24.32: an dey bring watta so da luna guy an da odda guys wit him can wash feet.”
Gen 24.37: boss Abraham, he wen make me make one strong promise to him.
Gen 24.47: “I wen aks her, ‘Yoa fadda guy, who him?’
Gen 24.49: You guys goin stick wit my boss, an do da right ting fo him, o wat?
Gen 24.54: Den da luna guy an da odda guys wit him, wen eat an drink, an den dey sleep dea dat nite.
Gen 24.65: da open country, da one dat stay walking dis way, who him?
Gen 24.65: Da luna tell, “Him, my boss.
Gen 25.2: She wen born fo him Zimran, Jokshan, Medan, Midian, Ishbak, an Shuah.
Gen 25.10: Abraham boys, Isaac an Ishmael, dey bury him inside da cave Makpelah side, nea to Mamre town, inside da
Gen 25.25: red kine skin an choke plenny hair all ova, so dey call him Esau, cuz sound kinda like “plenny hair,” dea language.”
Gen 26.2: Befo Isaac move Gerar, Yahweh wen let Isaac see him, an he tell Isaac, “No go Egypt side fo get stuff fo eat.
Gen 26.3: yoa fadda, an bumbye I goin make happen da ting I wen tell him.
Gen 26.9: Abimelek tell Isaac fo come by him.
Gen 26.12: Yahweh give him da powa so he can do plenny, an Isaac wen come erytime mo
Gen 26.14: an goats, plenny cows, an plenny slave peopo dat work fo him.
Gen 26.20: da name Esek, dat mean “argue,” cuz dey wen make argue wit him.
Gen 26.24: Da nite he get dea, Yahweh let Isaac see him, an Yahweh tell um, “Me, I da God dat yoa fadda Abraham
Gen 26.25: Isaac put up his tents dat place, an da guys dat work fo him wen start fo dig one puka fo watta.
Gen 26.32: Dat same day, some a da guys dat work fo Isaac come by him.
Gen 27.1: He tell his older boy Esau fo come by him.
Gen 27.7: in front Yahweh, all da good tings dat Yahweh let me aks him fo do fo you bumbye.
Gen 27.12: if my fadda touch me, bumbye he tink I no mo respeck fo him.
Gen 27.22: Jacob go nea his fadda Isaac, an his fadda touch him, but he still not shua yet.
Gen 27.23: Dass why az was him dat Isaac wen tell all da good tings dat he like Yahweh fo
Gen 27.27: So Jacob go by him an kiss him.
Gen 27.27: So Jacob go by him an kiss him.
Gen 27.27: he come shua az his son, an he make spesho blessing for him.”
Gen 27.33: An den, I wen make blessing fo him an tell all da good tings dat I like Yahweh do fo him
Gen 27.33: fo him an tell all da good tings dat I like Yahweh do fo him bumbye!
Gen 27.33: Az ony fo him.
Gen 27.36: You wen give him da name Jacob, dat sound kinda like ‘take ova,’ so now, he
Gen 27.37: I wen make him da boss fo you.
Gen 27.37: I awready wen give him all his brudda guys fo work fo him, an I wen give him
Gen 27.37: I awready wen give him all his brudda guys fo work fo him, an I wen give him plenny wheat an wine fo make him
Gen 27.37: give him all his brudda guys fo work fo him, an I wen give him plenny wheat an wine fo make him strong.
Gen 27.37: fo him, an I wen give him plenny wheat an wine fo make him strong.
Gen 27.37: ting dat I can aks God fo give you, cuz I give eryting to him, my boy!
Gen 27.41: inside bout Jacob, cuz dea fadda wen tell Jacob an not him, all da good tings dat he like Yahweh do fo his boy Jacob
Gen 27.45: he no like kill you no moa, an he foget da ting you do to him.
Gen 28.1: So Isaac tell Jacob fo come by him.
Gen 28.1: He aks God fo make Jacob so he can do eryting God like him fo do.
Gen 28.14: he doing fo Jacob an fo his odda ohana dat come from him!
Gen 29.2: Ova dea inside da boonies, in front him, he see one puka wea da watta come out.
Gen 29.12: Jacob tell Rachel dat her fadda an him from da same ohana, dat he Rebecca boy.
Gen 29.14: Jacob tell Laban eryting dat wen happen, an Laban tell him, “Fo shua, me an you get da same blood!
Gen 29.25: He see was Leah wit him, not Rachel!)
Gen 29.28: Den Laban give him his daughta Rachel too fo marry.
Gen 29.34: goin come tight wit me, cuz I wen born three boys fo him.
Gen 30.9: her, an give her to Jacob fo come jalike one nodda wife fo him too.
Gen 30.16: Leah go meet him.”
Gen 30.16: She tell him, “I da one you sleep wit tonite.
Gen 30.20: goin make me da wife he get plenny respeck fo, cuz I give him six boys awready.
Gen 30.36: time, Jacob taking care all da odda sheeps an goats fo him.
Gen 30.43: an donkeys, an plenny slave guys an wahines dat work fo him.
Gen 31.1: Da bugga use our fadda stuffs fo make him come real rich.
Gen 31.2: Jacob see one nodda ting too: Laban not acking nice to him jalike befo time.
head: Jacob Tell How God Wen Help Him
Gen 31.4: send somebody fo go tell Rachel an Leah fo come ova dea by him.
Gen 31.7: But him, he bulai me.
Gen 31.7: “But God neva let him do notting fo hurt me.
Gen 31.22: Laban neva know dat Jacob wen go, till somebody wen tell him three days lata.
Gen 31.54: he tell Laban an all da odda ohana people fo come eat wit him.”
Gen 32.6: by you now, an he get four hundred odda guys stay come wit him.
Gen 32.7: Bodda him plenny.”
Gen 32.7: Az how come he tell half da peopo dat wit him, fo camp out one side, an he tell da odda half fo camp out
Gen 32.11: Cuz I stay scared a him, you know.
Gen 32.13: Da nex day, Jacob pick stuff from wat he get wit him, fo make one present fo show respeck fo his brudda
Gen 32.29: wen give Jacob one blessing fo make good tings happen fo him.
Gen 33.1: dea, he see Esau coming -- an four hundred odda guys wit him!
Gen 33.18: He get dea okay, an notting bad happen to him.
Gen 34.8: Please, give her to him fo come his wife.
Gen 35.2: tell his ohana peopo an all da odda peopo dat was wit him, “All da idol gods you get from odda place, throw um out!
Gen 35.6: Dass how wen happen, da time Jacob an all da peopo wit him go Luz, da place dey call Bethel nowdays, inside da Canaan
Gen 35.9: God let Jacob see him one mo time, wen Jacob coming back from da Paddan Aram
Gen 35.14: big rock jalike one pos, dat place wea God wen talk wit him.”
Gen 35.26: Dass Jacob boys, dat wen born Paddan-Aram side fo him.
Gen 36.6: take his wifes an his kids, an all da peopo dat work fo him, an his cows and sheeps an goats, an all da stuffs he get
Gen 37.2: Dey all get da same fadda Jacob, jalike him, but dea muddas was Bilhah an Zilpah, Jacob's odda wifes.
Gen 37.3: old awready befo Joseph wen born, so Joseph spesho fo him.
Gen 37.4: Dey hate um so plenny, dey no can even talk nice to him.
Gen 37.32: send somebody by dea fadda Jacob wit da fancy robe fo tell him, “Us guys wen find dis ova dea.
Gen 37.35: All Jacob's odda kids, guys an wahines, go by him fo try help um fo come good inside.
Gen 38.5: Dat time wen she born him, dey stay live Kezib side.
Gen 38.6: Afta Er come big, Judah go get wife fo him, cuz he da numba one boy.
Gen 38.9: he figga dat if he make Tamar hapai, da kid no goin be fo him, goin be fo his mahke brudda ohana.
Gen 38.9: Dass how come, erytime him an Tamar make sex, Onan pull out quick make shua her no
Gen 38.18: Den he make sex wit her, an she come hapai from him.”
Gen 38.30: Dey give him da name Zerah, cuz sound kinda like “strong color,” dea
Gen 39.2: stay Potifar house, da Egypt guy, cuz Potifar wen buy him.
Gen 39.6: Potifar neva even make Joseph show him da receipts.
Gen 39.7: kine stuff, an cuz he good looking, Potifar wife wen like him.
Gen 39.8: Wit me hea, da boss no even make me show him da receipts fo da house.
Gen 39.9: An you tink I goin do dat to him?
Gen 39.21: / stay tight] wit Joseph inside dea too, an take care him.
Gen 40.1: Egypt, an one nodda guy dat get da job fo bake da bread fo him too.
Gen 40.13: give you da same job jalike befo time, fo give da wine to him.
Gen 40.14: Go tell da Pharaoh guy bout me, an aks him fo get me outa dis prison too.
Gen 40.16: wat da firs dream mean, he tell good tings going happen fo him.
Gen 40.20: dat befo time bake da bread fo da king, an dey bring um to him.
Gen 40.23: Da guy wen go foget all bout him!
Gen 41.11: “One time, him an me wen get da same kine dream, da same nite.
Gen 41.12: We tell him wat kine dream we wen get.
Gen 41.14: Den da Pharaoh guy go send guys fo bring Joseph by him right den an dea.
Gen 41.38: Cuz him, he get God's Spirit inside him!
Gen 41.38: Cuz him, he get God's Spirit inside him!
Gen 41.43: an ery place he go, had guys run down da street in front him an yell, “Erybody go down in front Joseph fo show um
Gen 42.4: But da odda brudda Benjamin, Jacob neva let him go wit da oddas, cuz he tinking, “Maybe someting bad goin
Gen 42.4: oddas, cuz he tinking, “Maybe someting bad goin happen to him.”
head: Joseph See His Brudda Guys, But Dey Donno Who Him
Gen 42.6: Was him dat stay sell da food to all da peopo inside dat land.
Gen 42.6: Joseph brudda guys go by him, an dey go down in front him, and put dea face on top da
Gen 42.6: Joseph brudda guys go by him, an dey go down in front him, and put dea face on top da groun fo show um respeck.
Gen 42.7: But he neva let dem know who him.
Gen 42.8: Joseph, he know who dem, but dey donno who him.”
Gen 42.21: scared an plenny sore inside, an he beg us fo show pity to him, but we neva lissen!
Gen 42.29: brudda guys come by dea fadda Jacob, Canaan side, dey tell him eryting dat wen happen to dem.
Gen 42.37: fadda, “I goin take care Benjamin fo you, an I goin bring him back by you fo shua.
Gen 42.38: If someting bad happen to him ova dea, fo shua you guys goin make me come real plenny
Gen 43.9: Me, I da guy dat goin be responsible fo him.
Gen 43.13: An yoa brudda guy, take him too.
Gen 43.16: He tell da guy dat take care his house kine stuff fo him, “Eh!
Gen 43.19: dey go nea da guy dat take care Joseph house kine stuff fo him, an dey talk wit him.
Gen 43.19: take care Joseph house kine stuff fo him, an dey talk wit him.
Gen 43.26: Dey bring inside da house da present dey get fo him.
Gen 43.26: Den dey go down in front him on top da groun fo show respeck.
Gen 43.29: his brudda Benjamin, da one dat get da same mudda jalike him.
Gen 43.29: Da one you guys wen tell me bout him?
Gen 43.33: Ery one a dem tell da guy nex to him, “Eh!
Gen 43.34: But fo Benjamin, he tell um fo take plenny extra food fo him, five times mo den fo da odda brudda guys.”
Gen 44.7: Dey tell him, “No way, boss!
Gen 44.20: One nodda brudda, his real brudda mahke awready, so him da ony one dat stay from his mudda.
Gen 44.20: Dass how come his fadda get plenny love an aloha fo him.
Gen 44.21: yoa younga brudda guy hea by me Egypt side, so I can see him.
Gen 44.22: Cuz if he go leave him, da fadda guy goin mahke.’
Gen 44.24: We wen tell him wat you wen say, cuz you da boss fo us guys too.’
Gen 44.29: Fo shua, if someting bad happen to him an he mahke too, dat goin be real bad, an you guys goin
Gen 44.32: I wen tell um, ‘If I no bring him back to you, den I goin get shame foeva from do bad ting.
Gen 44.33: Let him go back wit his odda bruddas.’
head: Joseph Tell His Brudda Guys Who Him
Gen 45.1: now moa, he no can wait no mo fo tell his brudda guys who him.
Gen 45.1: Dass how lata, Joseph wen let his brudda guys know who him, an da Egypt guys not dea.
Gen 45.3: talk, cuz dey so scared dey litto mo mahke, dea in front him.
Gen 45.4: So dey go nea by him, an he tell dem, “Me, I yoa brudda guy Joseph.
Gen 45.16: he feel good inside cuz a dat, an even da guys dat work fo him, same ting.
Gen 45.22: But fo Benjamin, Joseph give him three hundred piece silva, an five fancy clotheses wit
Gen 45.27: an afta Jacob see da wagons dat Joseph wen send fo carry him Egypt side, den dea fadda Jacob come jalike he new an
Gen 45.28: I goin go see him, befo I mahke!
Gen 46.2: wen see someting jalike one dream, dat God was talking to him.
Gen 46.6: how wen happen wen Jacob an all da peopo dat come from him go Egypt side.
Gen 46.7: peopo dat come from Jacob, he take um all Egypt side wit him.
Gen 46.8: from dat time, dass Jacob an da peopo dat wen come from him dat wen go Egypt side wit him, dis dea names.
Gen 46.8: da peopo dat wen come from him dat wen go Egypt side wit him, dis dea names.
Gen 46.33: da Pharaoh guy, da king, he goin tell you guys come by him, an he goin aks you guys, ‘Wat you guys do?
Gen 47.14: an inside Canaan land, come to Joseph cuz da peopo pay him fo da food dat he sell.
Gen 47.17: dea animals by Joseph, an he give um food an dey give him dea horses an sheeps an cows an donkeys.
Gen 48.1: by Jacob, an he take his two boys, Manasseh an Efraim wit him.
Gen 48.3: “You know, Da God Dat Get All Da Powa wen let me see him, Luz side, inside da Canaan land.”
Gen 48.19: Da peopo dat goin come from him, goin get mo plenny, dey goin be plenny diffren peopos.
Gen 49.1: Lata, Jacob tell all his boys fo come by him.
Gen 49.10: Peopo from odda place goin bring him money an all kine stuffs, An da odda peopos goin do wat he
Gen 49.15: Az why no bodda him work hard fo carry big load.
Gen 49.19: Goin get steala guys dat come togedda an bus him up.”
Gen 49.23: Dey wen stay nuha wit him.
Gen 49.28: Fo ery boy, he wen give um da kine words dat stay right fo him.”
head: Israel Tell His Boys Wea Dey Gotta Bury Him
Gen 50.1: He cry plenny fo him, an he kiss um.
Gen 50.2: Den Joseph tell da docta guys dat work fo him fo fix up his fadda guy body fo bury.
Gen 50.3: Da Egypt peopo all come sad fo him, seventy day.
Gen 50.7: palace, an all da older leada guys from Egypt, dey go wit him.
Gen 50.9: Had army wagons an guys dat ride horse dat go wit him too, az real plenny peopo all togedda.
Gen 50.10: dey call Goren Ha-Atad, dey cry plenny an real hard fo him.
Gen 50.13: Da boys carry his body an bury him inside da cave dat stay inside da Makpelah field wea you
Gen 50.14: guys an all da odda peopo dat wen go Canaan side wit him, wen go back Egypt side.
Gen 50.15: he goin pay us back fo all da bad kine stuff we wen do to him!
Gen 50.18: Lata, afta dey send da message, Joseph brudda guys go by him, an dey go down on top da groun in front him fo show um
Gen 50.18: guys go by him, an dey go down on top da groun in front him fo show um respeck, an tell um, “Us guys, we yoa slave
Gen 50.21: to dem fo give um good kine words an make dem so dey trus him.
Gen 50.25: Joseph wen make da odda Israel boys make strong promise to him.
Exo 1.5: Had seventy peopo from Jacob ohana dat wen go Egypt wit him.
Exo 1.18: Lata, da king guy wen tell da helpa wahines fo come by him.
Exo 3.15: Was him wen send me by you guys.
Exo 3.16: to, da God fo Abraham an Isaac an Jacob, he wen let me see him.
Exo 3.18: peopo, he goin be one place wea us guys can talk wit him.
Exo 3.19: goin let you guys go -- gotta get somebody mo strong den him fo give him presha.
Exo 3.19: guys go -- gotta get somebody mo strong den him fo give him presha.
Exo 4.14: I know, easy fo him fo talk good.
Exo 4.15: I goin help you an him talk good, an I goin teach you guys wat you goin do.
Exo 4.16: He goin be jalike da mout fo you, an you goin talk to him jalike you God, but az me.
Exo 4.20: side, an he carry da walking stick dat God wen use wit him.”
Exo 4.21: But, I goin make him come hard head, so he no goin let go da peopo.
Exo 5.15: fo da work crews, dey go by da Pharaoh guy, an dey beg him fo help um: “Please!
Exo 5.21: in front da Pharaoh guy an all da palace guys dat work fo him!
Exo 5.23: to da Pharaoh guy an tell um wat you tell me fo say to him, da Pharaoh guy ony make eryting mo worsa fo da peopo.
Exo 6.1: Cuz I get mo powa den him, he goin make da peopo go way.
Exo 6.1: Cuz I get da powa fo make him presha, he goin throw da peopo outa his land!
Exo 6.14: come from Israel, da leada guys fo da ohanas dat come from him was Hanok an Pallu an Hezron an Carmi.
Exo 7.2: Eryting I tell you fo say, you goin tell Aaron, fo him tell same ting to da Pharaoh guy.
Exo 7.15: da Nile Riva, you stand right dea nea da riva fo talk to him.
Exo 7.20: Wit da Pharaoh guy an all da odda palace guys watching him, he pull up da walking stick an hit da watta inside da
Exo 8.8: Den da Pharaoh guy tell Moses an Aaron fo come by him.
Exo 8.25: Den da Pharaoh guy tell Moses an Aaron fo come by him.
Exo 9.27: guy send somebody fo tell Moses an Aaron fo come by him.
Exo 10.1: I da one wen make um so he no can tink good, him an his palace guys.
Exo 10.8: guy tell somebody fo go bring back Moses an Aaron by him one mo time.
Exo 10.26: no goin know wat kine religious kine stuff we goin use fo him yet, till we get dea.
Exo 12.21: tell all da older leada guys fo da Israel peopo fo come by him.
Exo 12.44: buy, an if you cut skin da slave guy, den az okay fo him eat da meat from da sacrifice.
Exo 13.13: one animal fo make sacrifice, jalike you pay God back fo him too.
Exo 13.19: befo time, Joseph wen make da Israel peopo make promise to him.
Exo 14.6: get his war wagons ready, an he take his own army guys wit him.
Exo 14.7: He take 600 war wagon, an da spesho one fo go wit him.”
Exo 14.8: Dass why him an da oddas wen go afta da Israel peopo.
Exo 15.3: Yahweh, dass who him!
Exo 15.25: God check out da peopo, fo know if dey goin stick wit him.
Exo 16.7: goin see dat he lissen, no matta you guys grumbling agains him.
Exo 16.8: Dass cuz Yahweh hear you guys grumbling agains him.”
Exo 17.4: Den Moses, he call to Yahweh fo help him.
Exo 17.6: wit da older leada guys from da Israel peopo stay watching him.
Exo 17.10: Him an his guys go fight da Amalek guys.”
Exo 17.12: Den Aaron an Hur go get one rock an put um unda him fo sit down on top.
Exo 18.5: Him an Moses wife an boys go ova dea inside da boonies, da
Exo 18.21: weneva dey stay in front God cuz dey get plenny respeck fo him.
head: Moses Tell Da Peopo Wat God Tell Him
Exo 19.7: He tell da older leadas fo da peopo fo come by him.
Exo 19.7: He tell dem eryting dat Yahweh wen tell him dat dey gotta do.
Exo 19.20: Yahweh tell Moses fo come all da way up da mountain by him.
Exo 20.20: like you guys no foget how you feel wen you stay scared a him, cuz if you scared, bumbye you no goin go do someting bad.
Exo 21.3: Wen you buy one married guy, den wen he pau, him an his wife can go.
Exo 21.23: If he kill somebody, kill him too.
Exo 21.28: But da guy dat own da cow, no need punish him.
Exo 21.30: wit da owna guy, an he pay dem money so den dey no kill him, da owna guy gotta pay wateva dey figga, fo buy back his
Exo 22.7: one guy give money o stuffs to one nodda guy fo keep fo him, an somebody steal um outa da house wea da guy keep um --
Exo 22.10: o one sheep, o one nodda animal, fo da odda guy keep um fo him, an da animal get hurt, o mahke, o somebody steal da
Exo 22.16: “If one guy tell one girl fo go sleep wit him, den da guy sleep wit her, an da girl not engage to nobody
Exo 22.21: from odda place dat live wit you guys, no make any kine to him, an no give him hard time.
Exo 22.21: dat live wit you guys, no make any kine to him, an no give him hard time.
Exo 22.26: da money dat he owe you, you gotta give da coat back to him befo da sun go down.
Exo 23.1: wit da guy dat do bad ting so you go bulai da judge fo him.
Exo 23.3: notting come in front da judge, no go make diffren kine to him, jus cuz da guy no mo notting.
Exo 23.21: Take care wen you wit him, an lissen to wat he tell.
Exo 23.21: No go agains him wit bad feeling.
Exo 24.3: He tell um all da tings Yahweh wen tell him, an all da Rules.”
Exo 24.3: All da peopo say to him togedda, “Eryting Yahweh say we gotta do, we goin do um!
Exo 24.11: Dey even wen eat an drink togedda in front him!
Exo 28.2: Make um real awesome kine, so erybody show him plenny respeck.
Exo 28.38: wen dey bring presents fo God an like make um spesho for him, an da gold piece goin show dat Aaron take da blame fo
Exo 28.38: Yahweh goin like take da presents dat da peopo bring fo him.
Exo 29.21: oil you wen pour on top Aaron fo show dat God wen pick him.
Exo 29.28: um to Aaron an all da odda pries guys dat goin come from him, foeva.
Exo 29.29: Aaron goin give um to da nex guy dat goin come from him, fo da time wen dey put da olive oil on top dat guy an
Exo 30.21: be da Rule fo Aaron an da pries guys dat goin come from him bumbye foeva.
Exo 31.3: An I wen make my Spirit take ova him, fo make him smart how fo make nice looking tings, an know
Exo 31.3: An I wen make my Spirit take ova him, fo make him smart how fo make nice looking tings, an know all da
Exo 31.6: An I wen pick Oholiab fo help him, Ahisamak boy.
Exo 32.1: dat wen get us outa da Egypt land, we donno wat happen to him!”
Exo 32.6: sacrifices to da idol god fo show dat eryting okay wit him an dem.
Exo 32.17: Moses come da place wea Joshua stay waiting fo him.
Exo 32.23: bring us guys outa da Egypt land, we donno wat happen to him.
Exo 32.30: wen do, an hemo yoa shame, an let you guys come back to him.
head: God Let Moses See Him
Exo 34.5: He stand dea wit Moses, an he talk strong an tell who him, an how come he get da name Yahweh.
Exo 34.30: see dat Moses skin stay shining, dey scared fo go nea him.
Exo 34.31: An Aaron an all da main guys from da peopo come wit him, an Moses talk to dem.
Exo 34.34: Erytime Moses go in front Yahweh fo talk wit him, Moses take off da cloth from his face.
Exo 34.34: Wen he come out an tell da Israel peopo wat God tell him fo tell dem wat fo do, da Israel peopo see how Moses face
Exo 35.5: Erybody dat like do dat, go bring him gold, an silva, an bronze metal, blue, an purple, an red
Exo 35.22: hold up dea gold tings in front Yahweh, an dey give um to him, Erybody dat get stuffs dea place, blue an purple an red
Exo 35.31: Bezalel get da kine spirit inside him dat come strait from God, so he real smart fo know how fo
Exo 36.1: Bezalel fo do eryting Yahweh wen tell um dey gotta do -- him, an Oholiab, an all da odda peopo dat Yahweh make um know
Exo 36.2: Den Moses tell Bezalel an Oholiab fo come by him.
Exo 37.6: bad tings da peopo do, so dey can come back same side wit him.
Exo 37.9: bad tings da peopo do, so dey can come back same side wit him.
Exo 38.23: Da guy dat work wit him, Oholiab, Ahisamak boy from da Dan ohana.
Exo 39.35: bad tings peopo do, so dey can come back da same side wit him.
Exo 40.13: Put da spesho oil on top him, fo make him spesho fo me, cuz he goin be da pries fo me.
Exo 40.13: Put da spesho oil on top him, fo make him spesho fo me, cuz he goin be da pries fo me.
Exo 40.16: Moses do eryting jalike Yahweh wen tell him fo do.
Lev 1.1: Yahweh call Moses fo come by him, an he talk to him from inside da Tent wea da peopo come
Lev 1.1: Yahweh call Moses fo come by him, an he talk to him from inside da Tent wea da peopo come fo meet God.
Lev 1.14: can give one dove o one young pigeon fo be da sacrifice fo him.
Lev 3.1: “If somebody make da kine sacrifice dat show dat him an me, Yahweh, stay tight wit each odda, da guy can give
Lev 3.3: Da guy dat bring da sacrifice fo show dat him an me, Yahweh, stay tight wit each odda, goin take one
Lev 3.6: somebody bring one sheep fo da kine sacrifice dat show dat him an me, Yahweh, stay tight wit each odda, he can bring one
Lev 3.9: From da sacrifice dat show dat him an me, Yahweh, stay tight wit each odda, he goin bring one
Lev 4.10: da fat from da cow dey kill fo da sacrifice dat show dat him an me stay tight.
Lev 4.26: jalike he burn up da fat fo da kine sacrifice dat show him an Yahweh stay tight wit each odda.
Lev 4.28: Wen somebody tell him dat wat he wen do, stay wrong, den he gotta take one girl
Lev 4.31: Den I goin let him go, an hemo da shame from da bad ting he wen do.
Lev 4.35: Yahweh, no matta da guy wen do bad kine stuff, I goin let him go an hemo his shame.
Lev 5.6: make sacrifice to Yahweh, an den da pries guy goin bring him back da same side wit Yahweh.
Lev 5.10: An Yahweh goin let him go an hemo his shame cuz a da bad ting he wen do.
Lev 5.13: An I goin let him go an hemo his shame.
Lev 5.18: Da pries guy goin make sacrifice fo him wit da boy kine sheep cuz a wat he wen do, no matta he
Lev 5.18: Az how da pries guy goin bring him back da same side wit me, Yahweh.
Lev 5.18: An I goin let him go, an hemo his shame.
Lev 6.2: no can trus um -- he bulai some odda guy wen dat guy trus him fo take care someting fo him, o steal from him, o he scam
Lev 6.2: odda guy wen dat guy trus him fo take care someting fo him, o steal from him, o he scam da odda guy, o he find
Lev 6.2: guy trus him fo take care someting fo him, o steal from him, o he scam da odda guy, o he find someting da guy wen lose
Lev 6.7: Az how da pries guy goin bring him back da same side wit me, Yahweh.
Lev 6.7: An I goin let him go, an hemo his shame fo da bad kine stuff he wen do dat
Lev 6.7: an hemo his shame fo da bad kine stuff he wen do dat make him get da blame.
Lev 6.22: rule dat stay foeva: whoeva come da main pries guy afta [him / dis one] from Aaron's blood, dey goin make da wheat o
Lev 7.29: bring one sacrifice fo me, Yahweh, fo show dat me an him stay tight wit each odda, afta he kill da sacrifice
Lev 8.4: Moses do wat Yahweh tell him fo do.
Lev 8.7: tie da wide cloth belt aroun his waist, put da robe on top him, an da spesho vest.
Lev 8.12: oil on top Aaron's head too, fo show dat God wen pick him, an fo make him spesho fo God.
Lev 8.12: Aaron's head too, fo show dat God wen pick him, an fo make him spesho fo God.
Lev 8.29: Dat stay fo him from da sacrifice fo make Aaron dem come da pries guys.
Lev 8.34: wen tell me fo do, fo bring you guys da same side wit him.
Lev 9.4: Cuz today Yahweh goin let you guys see him.
Lev 9.5: an all da peopo come nea an stand in front Yahweh fo meet him.
Lev 9.9: Aaron boys bring da blood by him, an he put his finga inside da blood, an put um on top da
Lev 9.12: His boys bring him da blood, an he sprinkle um on top all da sides a da
Lev 9.13: His boys give him da animal fo da burn up kine sacrifice, one piece by one
Lev 9.15: fo dea sacrifice jalike he wen make da firs sacrifice fo him.
Lev 9.18: His boys give him da blood, an he sprinkle um on top all da sides a da
Lev 10.17: Dat meat stay real spesho fo him.
Lev 13.40: Az okay fo him come in front me, Yahweh.
Lev 14.2: dey can come back in front me, Yahweh, wen somebody bring him by da pries.
Lev 14.18: Dass how he goin bring him da same side wit me.
Lev 14.19: cuz a da bad tings da guy wen do befo time, an bring him da same side wit me, cuz befo time he no can come in front
Lev 14.21: sacrifice fo take away da blame, an lif um up, fo bring him da same side wit me, Yahweh.
Lev 14.29: a da oil inside his hand on top da head a da guy, fo bring him da same side wit me.
Lev 14.32: da guy no mo notting fo buy da regula kine stuff fo make him so he can come in front God.
Lev 15.24: one guy sleep wit her, an da stuff dat come outa her touch him, he no can come in front me fo seven days, an wateva bed
Lev 16.6: da sacrifice fo da bad kine stuff he wen do, fo bring back him an his ohana da same side wit me, Yahweh.
Lev 16.11: fo da bad kine stuff he wen do, an kill um, fo bring him an his ohana da same side wit me.
Lev 16.24: sacrifice fo himself, an anodda one fo da peopo, fo bring him an da peopo back da same side wit me, Yahweh.
Lev 17.10: I goin go agains dat guy dat eat da blood, an I goin cut him off so he not one a my peopo no moa.
Lev 19.13: “No give presha on anodda guy o steal from him.
Lev 19.17: tell um az wrong strait out, so you no get da blame wit him.
Lev 19.22: Den I goin hemo his shame an let him go.
Lev 20.3: I goin go agains dat guy, an cut him off from his peopo.
Lev 21.4: Az pilau fo him.
Lev 21.10: get da olive oil on top his head fo show dat I wen pick him.
Lev 21.12: He get da olive oil on top his head fo show dat I wen pick him.
Lev 21.15: I Yahweh dat make him spesho fo me.
Lev 22.10: His friend dat come stay wit him his house, an da guy he pay fo work fo him, dey no can eat
Lev 22.10: come stay wit him his house, an da guy he pay fo work fo him, dey no can eat um.
Lev 23.17: Den give um to da pries guys fo him make da kine sacrifice you lift up fo me, Yahweh.
Lev 24.10: He go wea da Israel peopo stay, an him an one Israel guy start fo fight.
Lev 24.12: Da peopo wen put him wea guys can watch him, and wait till Yahweh tell dem wat
Lev 24.12: Da peopo wen put him wea guys can watch him, and wait till Yahweh tell dem wat he like um fo do.
Lev 24.14: Den let all da peopo dat wen hear him say dat, put dea hands on top his head fo show he da one
Lev 24.14: Den all da peopo goin throw stones at him fo kill him.
Lev 24.14: Den all da peopo goin throw stones at him fo kill him.
Lev 24.19: If somebody hurt anodda guy, dey gotta hurt him da same way he wen do: one broke bone fo anodda bone, one
Lev 25.25: some a da ohana land, one guy dass da mos nea ohana to him, suppose to come fo buy back wat da odda guy wen sell, so
Lev 25.26: But if one guy no mo ohana fo buy um back fo him, but den bumbye da guy make good, an can buy um back, firs
Lev 25.30: get wall goin stay fo da guy dat wen buy um, an stay fo him an his ohana foeva.
Lev 25.36: wen borrow, but show respeck fo God cuz you stay scared a him.
Lev 25.39: notting, an he sell himself to you fo pay you off, no make him work jalike one slave.
Lev 25.40: You goin make to him jalike one guy you pay fo work fo you, o jalike one guy
Lev 25.41: Den you goin let him an his kids go, an dey goin go back by his own ohana an da
Lev 25.48: da guy's ohana, da Jew still get da right fo somebody buy him back afta he wen sell himself.
Lev 25.48: One a his ohana guys can buy him back.
Lev 25.49: One uncle o one cousin, o odda ohana can buy him back.
Lev 25.50: Da Jew dat stay slave an da guy dat wen buy him da firs time, dey goin figga da time from da year he wen
Lev 25.50: Den da price fo buy him back goin be da same jalike dey goin pay one guy dat work
Lev 25.51: buy himself back, almos da same jalike da guy pay fo buy him.
Lev 25.52: figga dat an pay ony litto bit fo wat da guy wen pay fo him.
Lev 25.53: to da Jew dass his slave, jalike one guy he pay fo work fo him year afta year.
Lev 25.53: You gotta make shua dat da guy dat own him now, no make mean to him.
Lev 25.53: make shua dat da guy dat own him now, no make mean to him.
Lev 25.54: “Even if da ohana guy o he no can buy him back, da owna gotta let him an his kids go, wen da spesho
Lev 25.54: da ohana guy o he no can buy him back, da owna gotta let him an his kids go, wen da spesho Year Fo Give Back come.
head: God Do Good Tings Fo Da Peopo Dat Lissen Him
head: God Punish Da Peopo Dat No Lissen Him
Lev 27.31: pay da pries guys twenty percent mo den wat goin cost him fo um.
Lev 27.34: all da rules Yahweh wen tell Moses on top Mount Sinai, fo him tell da Israel peopo.
Deu 4.43: Get Love Fo Yahweh An Lissen Him (11:1 - 11:32) 25.
Deu 22.18: Den da older leadas goin take da guy an punish him.’
Deu 22.19: Dey goin make him pay two an one half pounds silva to da girl's fadda, cuz
Deu 1.3: time, wen Moses tell da Israel peopo eryting Yahweh tell him he suppose to tell dem.
Deu 1.17: one goin help you figga wass right, an you stay do um fo him.
Deu 1.32: oua God Yahweh do all dat, still yet you guys no trus him.
Deu 1.36: An I goin give him an his kids, da ones dat come from him, da land wea he wen
Deu 1.36: An I goin give him an his kids, da ones dat come from him, da land wea he wen walk on top.
Deu 1.38: Talk to him, give him good kine words, cuz he goin lead da Israel
Deu 1.38: Talk to him, give him good kine words, cuz he goin lead da Israel peopo fo take
Deu 2.26: da king inside Heshbon, dat us guys like make good wit him.
Deu 2.30: Az cuz oua God Yahweh wen make him hard head, fo give you guys da powa fo take him.’
Deu 2.30: wen make him hard head, fo give you guys da powa fo take him.’
Deu 2.33: fo fight us guys [by] Jahaz side, But oua God Yahweh give him to us an we bus um up, him an his boys, an all his army
Deu 2.33: side, But oua God Yahweh give him to us an we bus um up, him an his boys, an all his army guys.
Deu 3.28: Give him good kine words, an make him mo strong an solid, cuz he da
Deu 3.28: Give him good kine words, an make him mo strong an solid, cuz he da one goin go da odda side da
Deu 3.28: go da odda side da Jordan Riva wit all dese peopo follow him.
Deu 4.7: jalike oua God Yahweh stay nea us guys weneva we pray to him.’
Deu 4.25: You guys goin make him come real huhu wit you!
Deu 4.29: all yoa heart, an wit eryting inside you, you goin find him.
Deu 4.34: He show how strong him wen he make dem come sick.
Deu 4.35: No mo any odda God, ony him!
Deu 4.36: earth he show you guys his awesome fire, an you guys hear him talk from inside da fire.
Deu 4.46: Az was wen Moses an da Israel peopo win ova him, wen dey come outa Egypt.
Deu 5.1: “Moses wen tell all da Israel peopo fo come by him.
Deu 5.26: talk to him from inside da fire, jalike us, an still yet stay alive
Deu 6.2: fo you, an yoa kids, an dea kids afta dem, stay scared a him an get respeck fo him all da time you guys stay alive.
Deu 6.2: an dea kids afta dem, stay scared a him an get respeck fo him all da time you guys stay alive.
Deu 6.4: Ony him, da God fo us!
Deu 6.13: “Stay scared a oua God Yahweh an get respeck fo him.
Deu 6.13: Work ony fo him.
Deu 6.13: Wen you make strong promise fo anybody, tell ony him fo punish you if you no do um.
Deu 6.16: No give presha oua God Yahweh fo make him prove dat he Godnice, da way you guys wen make Massah
Deu 6.24: us all dis stuff we gotta do, an tell us fo stay scared a him an get respeck fo him, so eryting goin go good fo us, an
Deu 6.24: do, an tell us fo stay scared a him an get respeck fo him, so eryting goin go good fo us, an he make us stay alive,
Deu 6.25: God Yahweh, an do all da stuff he tell us fo do in front him, den we goin get um right wit him, jalike he wen tell us
Deu 6.25: tell us fo do in front him, den we goin get um right wit him, jalike he wen tell us guys.
Deu 7.9: an he stay tight wit da peopo dat get love an aloha fo him an do wat he tell dem fo do, fo one tousand peopos fadda,
Deu 7.10: But fo da peopo dat hate him, he goin wipe dem out fo pay um back.
Deu 7.19: He show how strong him, an he make happen plenny awesome tings.
Deu 7.26: Yahweh goin wipe you out jalike you az one sacrifice fo him, jalike he goin wipe out da idol.
Deu 7.26: um, cuz Yahweh goin wipe um out jalike az one sacrifice fo him.
Deu 8.5: tell yoa boy fo no do da tings he wen do wrong, fo teach him, az how oua God Yahweh telling you guys fo teach you.
Deu 8.6: Live da way he tell you, an show plenny respeck fo him.
Deu 8.20: um, az how he goin wipe out you guys if you guys no lissen him.
Deu 9.8: Mount Sinai side, you guys wen make him come so plenny huhu dat he stay ready fo wipe out you
Deu 9.18: do dass real bad kine da way Yahweh see um, an dat make him come real mad wit you guys.
Deu 9.20: Yahweh stay so plenny huhu wit Aaron, dat he like wipe him out.
Deu 9.23: You no trust him o lissen wat he tell.’
Deu 10.6: Aaron wen mahke ova dea dat time, an dey bury him ova dea, an Aaron's boy Eleazar come da main pries.”
Deu 10.8: Dat time Yahweh wen make da Levi ohana guys spesho fo him, cuz dey goin carry da Box Fo Rememba Da Deal Wit Yahweh.
Deu 10.8: He tell da Levi ohana guys fo stand in front him an make sacrifice fo him too, an fo pray to God cuz dey
Deu 10.8: Levi ohana guys fo stand in front him an make sacrifice fo him too, an fo pray to God cuz dey his guys, an he do good
Deu 10.12: Ony dis, he like: Fo you guys stay scared a him an show respeck fo him, Fo live da way he tell you guys fo
Deu 10.12: he like: Fo you guys stay scared a him an show respeck fo him, Fo live da way he tell you guys fo do, Fo get love an
Deu 10.12: da way he tell you guys fo do, Fo get love an aloha fo him, Fo work fo him wit all yoa heart, an wit eryting inside
Deu 10.12: you guys fo do, Fo get love an aloha fo him, Fo work fo him wit all yoa heart, an wit eryting inside you, an Fo stick
Deu 10.17: He da big God, strong, an you betta be scared a him.’
Deu 10.17: to one guy mo betta den da odda guy, an you no can pay him fo make him do spesho stuff fo peopo.
Deu 10.17: mo betta den da odda guy, an you no can pay him fo make him do spesho stuff fo peopo.
Deu 10.20: Stay scared a oua God Yahweh an work fo him.
Deu 10.20: Stay tight wit him, an wen you make one strong promise, use ony his name fo
head: Get Love Fo Yahweh An Lissen Him
Deu 11.3: You da guys wen see all da tings he wen do fo show who him, an all he do inside Egypt.
Deu 11.22: Yahweh, fo live da way he tell you, an fo stay tight wit him -- den Yahweh goin go in front you guys an make dese
Deu 12.5: an stay dea, an you goin go dea fo show love an respeck fo him.
Deu 12.17: wen make promise fo give Yahweh, o da stuff you like give him, o da spesho presents.
Deu 13.3: test fo find out if az fo real you get love an aloha fo him wit eryting how you tink, an wit eryting dat stay inside
Deu 13.4: Az yoa God Yahweh you guys gotta follow, an stay scared a him an get respeck fo him.
Deu 13.4: guys gotta follow, an stay scared a him an get respeck fo him.
Deu 13.4: Do wat he tell you guys fo do, an lissen to him.
Deu 13.4: Work ony fo him, an stay tight wit him.
Deu 13.4: Work ony fo him, an stay tight wit him.
Deu 13.18: Yoa God Yahweh goin do all dis wen you guys lissen to him, an do eryting he tell you guys fo do, dat I stay telling
Deu 14.2: on top da earth fo come his spesho peopo dat stay ony fo him.
Deu 14.23: Yahweh goin pick so peopo can go dea find out wat kine God him.
Deu 14.24: goin pick, so peopo can go dea find out wat kine God him, den change God's ten percent a yoa stuff fo silva, an
Deu 15.10: wat he need, an no tink stingy kine bout wat you give him.
Deu 15.10: Den, cuz you give to him, yoa God Yahweh goin do plenny good kine stuff fo you guys
Deu 16.2: Yahweh goin pick so peopo can go dea find out wat kine God him.
Deu 16.6: Yahweh goin pick so peopo can go dea find out wat kine God him.
Deu 16.10: Give him one present you like give from all da good an plenny stuff
Deu 16.11: he goin pick so peopo can go dea find out wat kine God him.
Deu 16.16: Nobody goin come in front Yahweh wit notting fo give him.
Deu 17.17: He betta not get plenny wifes, cuz dey goin make him tink diffren bout Yahweh.
Deu 17.19: Dat book goin stay wit him, an he gotta read da rules ery day he stay alive.
Deu 17.20: Den him an da ones dat come from him goin stay king ova da Israel
Deu 17.20: Den him an da ones dat come from him goin stay king ova da Israel peopo long time.
Deu 18.5: fo stand in front Yahweh an do religious kine stuff fo him foeva, cuz he wen pick dem .
Deu 18.15: Yahweh goin bring one guy from yoa own peopo, dat talk fo him to you guys, jalike me.
Deu 18.15: Him, da one you guys betta lissen to.
Deu 18.18: dat guy wat fo say, an he goin tell dem eryting I tell him.
Deu 18.20: he stay talk fo me, but tell dem stuff dat I neva tell him fo say, o any guy dat talk fo odda gods, you guys gotta
Deu 18.22: No come scared a him.
Deu 19.11: “But if somebody hate anodda guy, an wait fo him so he can jump um, bus um up, an kill um, an den da killa
Deu 19.12: send peopo fo bring da guy back from da safe town, an give him to da guy from da mahke guy ohana dat get da right fo kill
Deu 19.12: to da guy from da mahke guy ohana dat get da right fo kill him, cuz he gotta mahke.
Deu 19.13: No show him pity notting.
Deu 20.8: go home, cuz bumbye his brudda guys goin lose fight jalike him.
Deu 21.5: come in front, cuz yoa God Yahweh wen pick dem fo work fo him, an fo tell Yahweh dey like he do good stuff fo da peopo
Deu 21.15: fo one but not fo da odda, an da two wifes born boys fo him, but da firs boy come from da wife he no love, den wen he
Deu 21.17: no love, he da one wen born firs, an his fadda gotta give him two times mo stuff den da odda boy.
Deu 21.18: an no lissen to his fadda an mudda, an no matta dey punish him he still no goin do wat dey tell, his fadda an mudda gotta
Deu 21.19: no goin do wat dey tell, his fadda an mudda gotta take him an bring him in front da older leaders by da gate fo da
Deu 21.19: wat dey tell, his fadda an mudda gotta take him an bring him in front da older leaders by da gate fo da town.
Deu 21.21: Den all da guys from wea he come from goin throw stones at him an kill him.
Deu 21.21: from wea he come from goin throw stones at him an kill him.
Deu 21.22: do someting real bad dat he gotta mahke, an da peopo kill him, an hang his mahke body on top one tree o pos, you guys no
Deu 21.23: Make shua you guys bury him dat same day.
Deu 22.5: Fo yoa God Yahweh, all dat kine stuff pilau fo him.
head: Den da older leadas goin take da guy an punish him.’
head: Dey goin make him pay two an one half pounds silva to da girl's fadda, cuz
Deu 23.15: guy run away from anodda country an come by you, no give him back to his owna.
Deu 23.16: Let him live wit you guys inside wateva place he like inside one a
Deu 23.16: No give him hard time.
Deu 23.18: house, fo pay fo one strong promise you wen make to him, cuz all dat stay pilau, da way yoa God Yahweh see um.
Deu 23.19: “No make yoa brudda pay interes wen you let him borrow silva o food, o wateva odda ting peopo pay interes
Deu 24.2: Den, afta she go away from him an marry one nodda guy, an dat husban no like her too, he
Deu 24.3: one divorce paypa, give um to her, an send her away from him.
Deu 24.5: “If one guy jus wen marry, no can send him fo fight one war, o do govmen kine work.
Deu 24.7: you catch one guy dat wen steal anodda Israel guy fo make him one slave, o try sell him, da guy dat steal um, gotta
Deu 24.7: steal anodda Israel guy fo make him one slave, o try sell him, da guy dat steal um, gotta mahke.
Deu 24.13: Give him back his coat befo da sun go down ery day, so he can sleep
Deu 24.14: work fo you an he no mo notting, an need stuff, no make him wait fo you pay him.
Deu 24.14: no mo notting, an need stuff, no make him wait fo you pay him.
Deu 24.pay: guy, o he not one Israel guy, but he live inside yoa town, him wat you owe him fo wat he wen do ery day befo da sun go
Deu 24.pay: Israel guy, but he live inside yoa town, him wat you owe him fo wat he wen do ery day befo da sun go down, cuz he no mo
Deu 24.pay: If you no pay him, he goin call to Yahweh agains you, an you goin get da
Deu 25.3: If dey beat him mo den dat, dey goin make him shame in front da peopo.
Deu 25.3: If dey beat him mo den dat, dey goin make him shame in front da peopo.
Deu 25.8: fo da guy town goin tell um fo come, an dey goin talk wit him.
Deu 25.9: ‘I no like marry her,’ den da brudda's widow goin go by him in front da older leadas, take off one a his slippas, spit
Deu 26.8: real plenny awesome tings so erybody can see, fo show who him.
Deu 26.10: da stuff down in front yoa God Yahweh, an go down in front him.
Deu 26.13: Den go in front yoa God Yahweh an tell him, ‘I wen bring outa my house da ten percent a wat I wen
Deu 28.9: guys come real good fo come da peopo dat stay spesho fo him, if you guys make shua you stick wit his rules an live da
Deu 28.29: some place, jalike one guy dat no can see notting cuz fo him, eryting stay dark.
Deu 29.3: stuff, an da awesome an all kine stuff he do fo show who him.
Deu 30.2: wen you an yoa kids come back by yoa God Yahweh, an lissen him wit all yoa heart an wit eryting inside you, jalike I wen
Deu 30.6: Den you guys goin get love an aloha fo him wit all yoa hearts, an wit eryting inside you guys, so you
Deu 30.10: He goin do dat wen you guys lissen him, an stick wit his rules an do da tings he tell you gotta
Deu 30.20: goin get love an aloha fo yoa God Yahweh, an lissen to him, an stay tight wit him.
Deu 30.20: fo yoa God Yahweh, an lissen to him, an stay tight wit him.
Deu 31.7: Den Moses tell Joshua fo come by him.
Deu 31.14: I goin make him da one in charge a da Israel peopo from now on.
Deu 31.15: Den Yahweh come inside da tent an dey can see him, inside one cloud dat go from da groun to da sky.”
Deu 31.27: hea wit you guys, an I know dat you guys goin go agains him even mo plenny afta I mahke!
Deu 31.29: You guys goin make him come huhu cuz a da tings you guys make wit yoa hands.
Deu 32.12: lead his peopo, No mo odda god from odda place wen help him.
Deu 32.15: outa trouble, But you guys tink he stupid, an bag from him.
Deu 32.16: You guys make him come jealous Cuz you go pray to da gods fo da odda peopos.
Deu 32.16: You guys make him come real mad Cuz you like da pilau idol kine gods.
Deu 32.43: He goin pay back da peopo dat stay agains him.
Deu 32.43: He goin bring his peopo an land back da same side wit him.
Deu 33.2: He come wit plenny angel messenja guys Dat stay spesho fo him, From da south, from da sides a da mountain.
Deu 33.12: I like dey get res an no mo trouble Cuz dey stay tight wit him.
Deu 33.22: From dea, he attack Da peopo dat stay agains him.
Deu 34.1: Ova dea Yahweh show him da whole land, from Gilead to Dan, all da Naftali land, da
Deu 34.4: Den Yahweh tell him, “Dis, da land I wen make spesho promise fo give to
Deu 34.5: Yahweh, he mahke ova dea Moab side, jalike Yahweh wen tell him.’
Deu 34.9: on top Joshua fo show he da one goin lead da peopo afta him.
Rut 2.3: Him an Rut mahke fadda-in-law Elimelek, dey da same blood!
Rut 2.12: You wen come by him, An now he goin take care you!
Rut 3.2: He wen make to you jalike you one a da girls dat work fo him, so you can pick up da extra barley an wheat afta dem.
Rut 3.9: get kids fo my mahke husban, cuz you jalike one cousin fo him.
Rut 3.12: get kids fo yoa mahke husban, cuz I jalike one cousin fo him.
Rut 3.13: Morning time, I go talk to him.
Rut 4.1: Boaz yell to him an use his name.
Rut 4.10: an all da leada guys fo Mahlon's town no goin foget who him.
Rut 4.16: Na`omi, she wen carry da baby close an take care him jalike she da mudda.
Rut 4.17: An dey give him da name Obed.
1Ki 1.1: time, no can come warm, no matta get plenny blanket on top him.
1Ki 1.4: She stay wit da king an help him.
1Ki 1.5: He go get fifty guys fo run in front him wen he come inside da street, so erybody know Adonijah
1Ki 1.7: boy) an Abiatar da pries guy, an dey say dey goin help him fo come King.
1Ki 1.13: Tell him: ‘You da King, an you da boss fo me, an I jalike yoa slave
1Ki 1.15: he real ol, an Abishag da Shunam girl stay dea take care him.”
1Ki 1.17: Goin be him dat stay sit on top my throne.
1Ki 1.19: da pries guy, an Joab da general fo da army, fo come by him.
1Ki 1.25: in charge a da army, an Abiatar da pries guy, fo come by him.
1Ki 1.25: Right now, dey stay dea in front him, an dey eating and drinking plenny.
1Ki 1.26: But Adonijah neva tell me fo go by him, cuz I work fo you.
1Ki 1.26: he neva tell Solomon, da guy dat work fo you, fo come by him too.
1Ki 1.33: boy Solomon on top my spesho mule, an make parade fo take him down dea outside Jerusalem, by da Gihon watta place.”
1Ki 1.35: tell Solomon fo go up to da palace, an all you guys go wit him.
1Ki 1.40: Den Solomon go up to da palace, an all da peopo go wit him, playing flute an telling erybody dey stay plenny good
1Ki 1.41: Adonijah an all da peopo dat stay making party wit him, almos pau eat, an dey hea da noise.
1Ki 1.50: da tings jalike horns dat stick out, so nobody can kill him.
1Ki 1.53: Adonijah come, an he go down in front King Solomon fo show him respeck.’-”
1Ki 2.6: matta Joab come ol an get white hair, wen he mahke, no let him mahke an go down to da Mahke Peopo Place easy kine, jalike
1Ki 2.8: Riva fo talk to me, an I wen make one strong promise to him.
1Ki 2.9: stay ol an get white hair, but make um bleed befo you send him down to da Mahke Peopo Place!
1Ki 2.10: Da peopo bury him inside Jerusalem, dat get da name “David [Big] Town.
1Ki 2.15: aroun, an now my brudda come da King, cuz Yahweh wen give him da right, not me.
1Ki 2.17: Aks him fo give me Abishag da Shunam wahine fo come my wife.”
1Ki 2.18: Batsheba tell him, “Kay den, I go talk to da King fo you.
1Ki 2.19: So Batsheba go by King Solomon, fo talk to him fo Adonijah.”
1Ki 2.22: Jalike you stay aks me fo make him da King!
1Ki 2.29: Now he stay by da altar so nobody can go kill him!
1Ki 2.30: Benaiah go back by da King an tell um wat Joab wen tell him.
1Ki 2.31: King tell Benaiah, “Go kill Joab, jalike he tell, an bury him, so dat nobody goin blame me an my fadda peopo.”
1Ki 2.33: an Joab get da blame fo dat, an erybody dat come from him, get da blame too.
1Ki 2.33: But fo David an da peopo dat come from him, an his ohana, an fo da kings dat goin come from David,
1Ki 2.36: Den da King send one guy fo tell Shimei fo come by him.
1Ki 2.42: Da King send somebody fo tell Shimei fo come by him.
head: Solomon Aks God Fo Help Him Know Erytime Wat Fo Do
1Ki 3.1: let da Pharaoh guy, da King fo Egypt, make one deal wit him.
1Ki 3.2: build one temple fo Yahweh, fo show erybody wat kine God him.
1Ki 3.5: Wen King Solomon stay Gibeon side, Yahweh let Solomon see him inside his dream, one nite wen Solomon stay sleep.
1Ki 3.6: An you wen stick wit him, cuz you wen give King David one boy fo sit on top his
1Ki 3.10: Da Boss feel good, dat Solomon aks him fo do.
1Ki 3.15: Den King Solomon wake up, an he know God wen talk to him inside da dream.
1Ki 3.15: He make one party fo all da peopo dat work fo him.
1Ki 3.19: dis wahine's bebe wen mahke, cuz she wen sleep on top him.
1Ki 3.21: But den wen I look him good inside da light -- eh, he not da same bebe I wen
1Ki 3.25: tell his guys, “Da boy dat stay alive, go cut um half a him!”
1Ki 3.26: No kill him!
1Ki 3.28: get plenny respeck fo da King, cuz dey see how God help him fo know inside wat fo do, fo make shua da right ting
1Ki 4.21: kine kings bring rich kine gifs fo Solomon an dey work fo him all da time Solomon stay alive.
1Ki 4.24: Wen Solomon was da King, eryting go good fo him from all da peopo da wes side a da Eufrates, an all aroun
1Ki 4.24: from all da peopo da wes side a da Eufrates, an all aroun him.
1Ki 4.27: fo all da odda peopo dat come by King Solomon an eat wit him.
1Ki 4.27: An dey erytime bring him wat he need.
1Ki 4.34: how Solomon know wat fo do erytime, wen send dea guys by him.
1Ki 5.1: Him an King David stay tight from long time.
1Ki 5.1: Israel peopo wen put olive oil on top Solomon head fo make him da king, fo take ova from his fadda King David.
1Ki 5.3: But get diffren peopos come afta him from all aroun him, fo make war.
1Ki 5.3: But get diffren peopos come afta him from all aroun him, fo make war.
1Ki 5.3: fo his God Yahweh, so erybody goin know wat kine God him.
1Ki 5.7: Wen King Hiram hear wat King Solomon tell, make him feel real good inside.
1Ki 5.13: King Solomon wen make 30,000 man work fo him an no mo pay.
1Ki 7.1: Take him 13 year fo finish eryting.
1Ki 7.13: King Solomon wen call one guy, Huram from Tyre, fo come by him.
1Ki 7.21: An wen he put up da nort side pos, he give da name “Wit Him, You Strong,” az “Bo`az” in da Hebrew language.
1Ki 8.1: all da ohana leadas fo da Israel peopo, fo come togedda by him, Jerusalem town.
1Ki 8.5: King Solomon an all da odda Israel peopo dat wen come by him, dey all go wit him in front da Box.
1Ki 8.5: da odda Israel peopo dat wen come by him, dey all go wit him in front da Box.
1Ki 8.14: Wen all da Israel peopo stay standing dea togedda in front him, King Solomon turn aroun to dem.
1Ki 8.17: build one temple fo Yahweh, so erybody know wat kine God him, da God fo da Israel peopo.
1Ki 8.32: someting bad, Make da bad ting he wen do Come back an hurt him.
1Ki 8.60: he da God dass fo real, An no mo no odda God jalike him.
1Ki 8.63: Fo show dat eryting stay okay wit him an Yahweh, Solomon an da pries guys wen kill 22,000 cows
1Ki 8.64: from da sacrifices fo show dat eryting stay okay wit him an Yahweh.
1Ki 8.64: sacrifices dat he make fo show dat eryting stay okay wit him an Yahweh.
head: God Let Solomon See Him One Mo Time
1Ki 9.2: Den Yahweh let Solomon see him one mo time, jalike wen he let Solomon see him da firs
1Ki 9.2: Solomon see him one mo time, jalike wen he let Solomon see him da firs time, Gibeon side.
1Ki 9.12: wen Hiram come from Tyre fo see da towns Solomon wen give him, Hiram neva like um.
1Ki 10.1: So she come Jerusalem side, fo see Solomon an aks him all kine real hard kine stuff.
1Ki 10.2: She come by Solomon an talk to him bout all da tings she stay tinking bout.
1Ki 10.3: Solomon tell her all da tings she aks him bout.
1Ki 10.5: food on top his table, an da way his govmen guys sit aroun him, an da worka guys dat stand nea him wearing fancy kine
1Ki 10.5: govmen guys sit aroun him, an da worka guys dat stand nea him wearing fancy kine robes, an da guys dat bring him wine.
1Ki 10.5: nea him wearing fancy kine robes, an da guys dat bring him wine.
1Ki 10.13: fo da Sheba peopo eryting she like an eryting she stay aks him fo give her.
1Ki 10.15: an all da govna guys in charge a Solomon's land, dey pay him too.
1Ki 10.24: all ova da world come aks Solomon if dey can jus come by him an lissen, fo hear wat God tell him cuz he know wat fo do
1Ki 10.24: if dey can jus come by him an lissen, fo hear wat God tell him cuz he know wat fo do erytime.
1Ki 10.25: time, da peopo dat come by Solomon, all bring present fo him.
1Ki 10.26: dat use da war wagon fo fight, an he keep some a dem by him Jerusalem town.
1Ki 11.9: Yahweh come huhu with Solomon, cuz he let his wifes turn him away from Yahweh.
1Ki 11.9: God fo da Israel peopo, no matta God wen let Solomon see him two time.
1Ki 11.10: matta Yahweh tell Solomon no pray to odda gods dat not fo him, Solomon neva do wat Yahweh wen tell um fo do.
1Ki 11.12: But fo yoa boy, I goin take away da right fo him be da king.
1Ki 11.13: I goin give him jus yoa ohana an one nodda ohana fo be dea king too, cuz
1Ki 11.17: Hadad ony was one young guy dat time, but him an some a da Edom guys dat work fo his fadda befo time,
1Ki 11.20: His auntie Tahpenes [wen] raise him right dea inside Pharaoh palace, wit Pharaoh's own kids.
1Ki 11.24: Zobah army guys, Rezon go get togedda plenny guys fo go by him, an he come da leada man fo one gang dat rip off peopo.
1Ki 11.28: So he make him da head luna fo all da guys from da Efraim an Manasseh
1Ki 11.34: I wen make him one king awready, fo all da time he stay alive.
1Ki 11.35: But from Solomon's boy, I goin take away da right fo him be king.
1Ki 11.36: fo my worka guy David erytime get one guy dat come from him, Jerusalem side, fo show my peopo wea fo go, jalike one
1Ki 11.43: Dey bury him inside da big town his fadda David wen build.
1Ki 12.8: He go talk to da young guys dat grow up wit him an dat stay by him.”
1Ki 12.8: talk to da young guys dat grow up wit him an dat stay by him.”
1Ki 12.16: dat King Rehoboam no stay lissen to dem, dey talk back to him.
1Ki 12.20: Dey make him da king fo all da North Israel peopo.
1Ki 12.21: all da guys from da Judah an Benjamin ohanas fo come by him fo make army.
1Ki 12.27: An if dey do dat, dey goin kill me an go back to him!
1Ki 13.11: His boys come tell him da whole story.
1Ki 13.23: back Bethel side, put saddle on top da Judah guy donkey fo him.
1Ki 13.29: town wea da ol talka fo God live, so he can cry plenny fo him, an bury um dea.
1Ki 13.30: make fo himself fo wen he mahke, an he cry real hard fo him, “Auwe, my brudda!
1Ki 13.32: Cuz da ting Yahweh wen tell him fo tell, goin happen fo shua!
1Ki 13.34: Cuz Jeroboam wen make lidis, him an his ohana get blame fo do all kine bad stuff.
1Ki 14.3: Go by him an give him da present.
1Ki 14.3: Go by him an give him da present.
1Ki 14.8: Wen I tell him he gotta do someting, he do um.
1Ki 14.13: All da Israel peopo going cry plenny fo him an bury him.
1Ki 14.13: All da Israel peopo going cry plenny fo him an bury him.
1Ki 14.13: But him, he da ony one from da Jeroboam ohana dat goin get grave,
1Ki 14.13: da ony one from da Jeroboam ohana dat goin get grave, cuz him da ony one from da Jeroboam ohana dat Yahweh, da God fo da
1Ki 14.18: Da peopo bury da boy, an all da Israel peopo cry plenny fo him, jalike wat Yahweh wen tell his worka guy Ahijah dat talk
1Ki 14.18: wat Yahweh wen tell his worka guy Ahijah dat talk fo him, fo tell.
1Ki 14.20: Jeroboam boy Nadab come king afta him.
1Ki 14.21: da Temple so da peopo can come fo find out wat kine God him.
1Ki 14.22: come real huhu an jealous, cuz dey suppose to live fo him an [dey] no make lidat.
1Ki 14.31: Dey bury him wit dem inside David Town, az Jerusalem.
1Ki 15.8: Den Abijam mahke, an dey bury him by his ancesta guys inside David Town, az Jerusalem.
1Ki 15.15: da silva an da gold an tings da pries guys use, dat him an his fadda wen make spesho fo God befo time.
1Ki 15.24: Dey bury him wit his ancesta guys inside David Town, az Jerusalem.
1Ki 15.29: wen tell befo time to Ahijah, da Shiloh guy dat work fo him.
1Ki 16.6: Da peopo bury him wit his ancesta guys inside Tirzah town.
1Ki 16.17: Den Omri an all da Israel guys wit him wen go way from Gibbeton town, an go all aroun outside
1Ki 16.18: wall inside da palace, an burn down da palace on top him.
1Ki 16.25: Omri wen do mo plenny bad kine stuff den all da king befo him.
1Ki 16.28: Da peopo bury him inside Samaria town.
1Ki 16.30: way Yahweh see um, mo bad den all da odda king guys befo him.
1Ki 16.31: Fo Ahab, az no big ting fo him do da same kine bad kine stuff jalike Jeroboam, Nebat boy.
1Ki 16.33: mo den all da odda kings fo da Israel peopo dat come befo him.
1Ki 17.6: time, an ery day befo nite time, da scavenja birds bring him food an meat, an he drink watta outa da Kerit Stream.
1Ki 17.19: He take da boy from her arm an take him upstairs, to da room on top da flat roof wea he stay.”
1Ki 17.20: Den Elijah call to Yahweh fo help him.
1Ki 17.23: Den Elijah pick up da boy an carry him back down from da room wea he stay an bring him inside da
1Ki 17.23: an carry him back down from da room wea he stay an bring him inside da house.
1Ki 18.2: So Elijah go back Israel side, so Ahab can see him an know dat he dea awready.
1Ki 18.3: side, King Ahab tell his worka guy Obadiah fo come by him.
1Ki 18.7: Elijah meet him.
1Ki 18.7: Obadiah see Elijah an know dass him.
1Ki 18.15: I shua I goin stand in front Ahab today, an I goin let him see me!’
1Ki 18.21: If Yahweh stay God fo real kine, go wit him!
1Ki 18.21: But if Ba`al stay God fo real kine, go wit him!
1Ki 18.22: But Ba`al, he get 450 guys dat talk fo him.
1Ki 18.24: call yoa god's name, an I goin use Yahweh name fo call him.
1Ki 18.26: Den dey go use Ba`al name fo call him.”
1Ki 18.43: Elijah tell da guy dat work fo him, “Go ova dea an look makai side.
1Ki 19.2: So Jezebel wen send one messenja guy by Elijah fo tell him, “Befo dis time tomorrow, I goin make you jalike you make
1Ki 19.3: he reach Beersheba, Judah side, he tell da guy dat work fo him fo stay dea.
1Ki 19.5: Den one angel messenja guy come touch him an tell him, “Get up!”
1Ki 19.5: Den one angel messenja guy come touch him an tell him, “Get up!”
1Ki 19.8: Dat food make him strong again, an he go forty day, day time an nite time,
1Ki 19.9: Den Yahweh give him one spesho message.
1Ki 19.13: Den one small voice tell him, “Elijah!
1Ki 19.15: put olive oil on top Haza`el head, fo show I stay pick him fo come king fo da Aram peopo.
1Ki 19.16: put olive oil on top Jehu, Nimshi boy, fo show I wen pick him fo come king fo da North Israel peopo.
1Ki 19.16: Put olive oil on top his head fo show I wen pick him fo come one talka guy fo me, fo take ova yoa work.
1Ki 20.4: Da king fo da Israel peopo answa him, “Jalike you tell, you da king, an you da boss fo me.
1Ki 20.7: Wen he send messenjas fo tell me gotta give him my wifes an kids an silva an gold, I neva tell him no.
1Ki 20.7: give him my wifes an kids an silva an gold, I neva tell him no.
1Ki 20.8: da older leadas an all da peopo tell da king, “No lissen him!
1Ki 20.12: Wen Ben-Hadad hear dis, him an da odda king guys stay drinking inside dea tents.
1Ki 20.16: an getting pilute wit da odda 32 king guys dat stay help him.
1Ki 20.20: Ery one a da Israel guys pick one Aram guy in front him an kill him.”
1Ki 20.20: a da Israel guys pick one Aram guy in front him an kill him.”
1Ki 20.33: So dey make like him, an dey tell, “Fo shua, he yoa brudda, Ben-Hadad!”
1Ki 20.38: He put bandage ova his eye, so nobody know who him.
1Ki 20.39: Wen da king come by dea, da talka fo God yell to him.
1Ki 20.41: Da Israel king know who him den.”
1Ki 20.42: one prisna guy go, no matta I Yahweh say you gotta wipe him out!
1Ki 20.42: An you goin lose yoa own peopo, cuz you let him go back to his peopo!
1Ki 21.5: Ahab wife Jezebel come inside by him.
1Ki 21.8: guys an da town council guys dat live in Nabot town wit him.
1Ki 21.10: Tell dem fo poin finga at him lidis: ‘Eh!
1Ki 21.10: Den take Nabot outside, an erybody throw stone fo kill him.
1Ki 21.13: Dey all throw stone at him, an he mahke.”
1Ki 21.25: His wife Jezebel, she push him fo make lidat.
1Ki 22.3: An us guys no do notting fo get um back from him!
1Ki 22.14: stay alive, I stay shua too bout da only ting I goin tell him, is wat Yahweh tell me!
1Ki 22.15: Da king aks him, “Mikaiah!”
1Ki 22.15: Mikaiah tell him, “Go attack um an win da war!
1Ki 22.19: All da armies inside da sky, Dey stay stand aroun him, on da right side an on da lef side.
1Ki 22.21: come an stand in front Yahweh, an tell, ‘Me, I goin bulai him.’
1Ki 22.21: Yahweh aks him, ‘How you goin do dat?
1Ki 22.22: be one spirit dat make all da talka guys fo his gods bulai him wen dey talk.’
1Ki 22.30: So da Israel king dress so nobody know who him, an go fight.
1Ki 22.32: wagons see Jehoshafat get da king kine robe, dey tink, “Az him!
1Ki 22.32: So dey turn da war wagons fo go attack him.
1Ki 22.32: But den Jehoshafat yell who him, an da officer guys in charge a da war wagons see he not
1Ki 22.33: he not da Israel king, so dey turn away an stop chasing him.”
1Ki 22.37: Da army guys bring his body back Samaria town, an dey bury him dea.”
1Ki 22.45: All da tings he wen do -- how him an his army guys fight da odda kings -- all dat stay write
1Ki 22.50: Den Jehoshafat mahke, an dey bury him by his ancesta guys inside David Town, az Jerusalem, cuz
1Ki 22.53: He go down in front Ba`al an pray to him.
2Ki 1.6: Dey tell him, “One guy come meet us, an he tell us fo go back by you
2Ki 1.13: He beg Elijah fo no hurt him.
2Ki 1.15: Go down dea wit him.”
2Ki 1.16: wat Yahweh tell: You tink no mo God inside Israel fo aks him wat fo do, so you send guys Ekron side fo aks dea god
2Ki 2.5: Dey aks him, “You know Yahweh goin take away yoa boss Elijah from you
2Ki 2.15: An dey go meet him, an go down on top da groun in front him fo show respeck.
2Ki 2.15: An dey go meet him, an go down on top da groun in front him fo show respeck.
2Ki 2.16: Maybe da Spirit from Yahweh wen pick him up, an put him down on top one mountain, o inside one
2Ki 2.16: Maybe da Spirit from Yahweh wen pick him up, an put him down on top one mountain, o inside one gulch.
2Ki 2.18: Wen dey come back by him, he tell um, “I wen tell you guys no go.
2Ki 2.20: So dey bring um by him.”
2Ki 2.23: walking, some young guys come outa dea town, an make fun a him.
2Ki 3.7: messenja guys by Jehoshafat, da king fo Judah, fo tell him, “Da Moab king make war agains me, fo throw out da Israel
2Ki 3.11: Befo time, he hang out wit Elijah fo help him.”
2Ki 3.14: An he stay alive, an I work fo him.”
2Ki 3.27: king take his numba one boy dat was goin come king afta him, an kill him and burn up da body on top da town wall, fo
2Ki 3.27: his numba one boy dat was goin come king afta him, an kill him and burn up da body on top da town wall, fo make sacrifice
2Ki 4.1: two boys fo come his slave, fo pay wat my mahke husban owe him.
2Ki 4.7: An he tell, “Go sell da oil, fo pay da guy wat you owe him.
2Ki 4.8: She tell him fo stay eat wit her an her husban.
2Ki 4.10: bed, one table, one chair, an one lamp inside da room fo him.
2Ki 4.19: His fadda tell one worka guy, “Carry him by his mudda.
2Ki 4.20: Afta da worka guy pick up da boy an carry him by his mudda, she put him on top her lap till noon time.”
2Ki 4.20: guy pick up da boy an carry him by his mudda, she put him on top her lap till noon time.”
2Ki 4.21: She go up in da room on top da roof an lay him down on top da bed wea Elisha, da guy dat stay tight wit
2Ki 4.23: Her husban aks, “How come you like go by him today?
2Ki 4.31: He tell him, “Da boy no wake up.
2Ki 4.33: Elisha go inside, shut da door so jus him an da mahke boy dea, an pray to Yahweh.”
2Ki 4.37: da room an go down on top da floor by Elisha feet fo show him respeck.
2Ki 4.38: stay learn how fo talk fo God come togedda an sit in front him.
2Ki 5.4: Naaman hea dat, he go by his boss da Aram king, an tell him wat he hear da slave girl from Israel wen tell.
2Ki 5.6: I stay send my worka guy Naaman by you, so you can make him come good from da bad kine sick all ova da skin dat odda
2Ki 5.7: How come dis guy send somebody by me fo me make him come good from dat kine sick?
2Ki 5.11: an stand dea, an use da name fo his god Yahweh, fo call to him fo help cuz he know wat kine god him!”
2Ki 5.11: Yahweh, fo call to him fo help cuz he know wat kine god him!”
2Ki 5.13: But Naaman's officer guys go by him an tell um, “Eh boss!”
2Ki 5.14: jalike Elisha, da guy dat stay tight wit God, wen tell him fo do.
2Ki 5.16: Elisha tell him, “No need do notting fo me!
2Ki 5.16: Fo shua, Yahweh stay alive, an I work fo him!”
2Ki 5.16: Naaman still try fo make him take someting, but he no take um.
2Ki 5.18: I like him fo let me go fo one ting I gotta do bumbye: Wen my boss da
2Ki 5.18: Rimmon, an da king lean on top my arm, I gotta go down wit him too.
2Ki 5.20: notting from all da stuff dat Naaman da Aram guy like give him.
2Ki 5.20: shua I goin go run afta Naaman, an try get someting from him.
2Ki 5.21: Wen Naaman see Gehazi running afta him, he get down from da war wagon fo go meet him.”
2Ki 5.21: running afta him, he get down from da war wagon fo go meet him.”
2Ki 6.9: wit God, send one messenja guy by da Israel king fo tell him, “Watch out!
2Ki 6.10: guys fo go tell da peopo inside da place Elisha tell him wass up.
2Ki 6.13: I goin send guys fo catch him.”
2Ki 6.26: walk on top da town wall, an one Samaria wahine yell to him, “My boss da king, help me get outa trouble!
2Ki 6.28: wahine dat tell me, ‘Give me yoa boy, so me an you can eat him today!”
2Ki 6.29: So we cook my boy an eat him.
2Ki 6.30: Wen da king hear wat da wahine tell him, he broke his clotheses fo show he all bum out.’
2Ki 6.30: Wen he go by da peopo on top da town wall, dey look at him, an dey can see he wear burmbag kine cloth undaneat, on
2Ki 6.32: older leada guys fo da Israel peopo stay sitting dea wit him too.
2Ki 6.32: -- befo da killa guy come, shut da door, an hold um agains him so he no can come inside!
2Ki 6.32: You can hear his boss, da king, dat stay come behind him awready.
2Ki 7.17: Da king wen put da officer dat come wit him in charge a da town gate, but da peopo no care.
2Ki 7.17: Dey run outa da town an knock down da officer, walk ova him, an he mahke, jalike Elisha, da guy dat stay tight wit
2Ki 7.20: wen happen fo da officer guy, cuz da peopo walk all ova him inside da gate, an he mahke.
2Ki 8.3: Den she go by da king, fo beg him fo help her get back her house an land.
2Ki 8.6: Da king aks da wahine bout um, an she tell him da story wat wen happen.
2Ki 8.6: He tell him, “Give back eryting dat was hers befo time, an pay her fo
2Ki 8.8: Go find out from him wat Yahweh tell.”
2Ki 8.8: Aks him if I goin come good from dis sick, o wat?
2Ki 8.9: Hazael go by Elisha an stand in front him, an tell, “Ben-Hadad, da Aram king, he tink bout you
2Ki 8.11: Den Elisha jus stand dea in front Hazael an look at him long time, till bodda Hazael.’
2Ki 8.13: Den Elisha tell him, “Yahweh wen show me dat you goin come da Aram king.
2Ki 8.24: Jehoram wen mahke, an dey bury him by his ancesta guys, inside David's big town Jerusalem.
2Ki 8.24: An Ahaziah, Jehoram's boy, come king afta him.
2Ki 8.29: back Jezreel town fo come good afta da Aram guys wen hurt him by Ramot town, wen he fight wit Hazael, da Aram king.
2Ki 9.2: Go by him, an take him inside one empty room inside da house, so da
2Ki 9.2: Go by him, an take him inside one empty room inside da house, so da odda officer
2Ki 9.13: ery one a dem take off dea robes an spread dem in front him on top da steps.”
2Ki 9.15: Jezreel town fo come good, afta da Aram army guys wen hurt him plenny wen he fight wit Hazael.
2Ki 9.17: Joram tell him, “Go get one horse rida guy.
2Ki 9.17: Send him fo meet dem, an aks, ‘You guys come fo fight us, o wat?”
2Ki 9.21: Dey meet him on top da land dat Nabot, da guy from Jezreel, wen own
2Ki 9.27: Jehu chase him, an yell, “Kill him too!”
2Ki 9.27: Jehu chase him, an yell, “Kill him too!”
2Ki 9.27: Dey shoot him inside his war wagon on da way fo go up to Gur nea Ibleam,
2Ki 9.28: Dey bury him dea wit his ancesta guys inside dea ohana tomb inside
2Ki 9.32: Two o three a da palace guys look down at him.
2Ki 9.36: wat Yahweh wen tell, da time Elijah da Tishbe guy talk fo him: On top da groun Jezreel side, da dogs goin eat Jezebel
2Ki 10.3: Den go make him come da king dat goin sit on top his fadda's throne.
2Ki 10.9: wen make plan wit my guys, fo go agains my boss, an kill him.
2Ki 10.15: he come by Jehonadab, Rekab's boy, dat stay come fo meet him.
2Ki 10.15: Jehu tell him, “I like God go do good tings fo you!
2Ki 10.15: Den Jehu aks him, “You stay real tight wit me, jalike I stay real tight wit
2Ki 10.15: So he give um his hand, an Jehu help him fo come up inside da war wagon.”
2Ki 10.16: Den he let Jehonadab ride wit him inside his war wagon.
2Ki 10.19: all da guys dat talk fo Ba`al, all da guys dat do stuff fo him, an all his pries guys, fo come hea by me.
2Ki 10.35: Dey bury him inside Samaria wit his ancesta guys.
2Ki 11.2: She put Joash an da wahine dat give him milk inside one bedroom fo hide him from Ataliah.
2Ki 11.2: an da wahine dat give him milk inside one bedroom fo hide him from Ataliah.
2Ki 11.3: He stay hide wit da wahine dat give him milk, inside da Temple Fo Yahweh fo six year, an Ataliah
2Ki 11.4: an da army messenja runna guys, fo tell all dem fo come by him inside da Temple Fo Yahweh.
2Ki 11.12: Da peopo make him king.
2Ki 11.12: Dey put olive oil on top his head fo show dey pick him, an da peopo all clap dea hands, an yell, “We like da king
2Ki 11.19: He take da army captain guys wit him, da guys from Caria dat guard da king, da messenja runna
2Ki 12.2: kine ting all da time he stay king, da way Yahweh see him do, jalike Jehoiada da pries guy wen teach him fo do.
2Ki 12.2: Yahweh see him do, jalike Jehoiada da pries guy wen teach him fo do.
2Ki 12.7: Jehoiada da main pries an da odda pries guys fo come by him.”
2Ki 12.20: Joash palace guys wen come togedda an make plan fo kill him.
2Ki 12.20: Dey kill him Bet-Millo side, on top da road dat go down Silla side.
2Ki 12.21: boy an Jehozabad, Shomer boy, da palace guys dat wen kill him.
2Ki 13.8: dat Jehoahaz wen do wen he stay king, bout how strong him an wat he make, all dat stay inside da Record Book Fo Da
2Ki 13.9: Jehoash, his boy, come king afta him.
2Ki 13.14: Dis, da same sick goin make him mahke bumbye.
2Ki 13.14: Jehoash, da Israel king, go down see him, an cry ova him.
2Ki 13.14: Jehoash, da Israel king, go down see him, an cry ova him.
2Ki 13.18: Elisha tell him, “Hit da groun wit um.”
2Ki 13.20: Lata, Elisha mahke, an dey bury him.
2Ki 13.25: Jehoash wen win ova him three time, an so he get back da Israel towns.
2Ki 14.5: Afta Amaziah make shua nobody can take ova him fo be king, he kill da palace guys dat wen kill his fadda
2Ki 14.11: Him an Amaziah, da Judah king, meet each odda Bet Shemesh side
2Ki 14.16: Jehoash mahke, an da peopo bury him by his ancesta guys inside Samaria, wit da Israel kings.
2Ki 14.16: his boy, dat dey call Jeroboam Numba Two, come king afta him.
2Ki 14.19: But dey send guys afta him Lakish side, an kill um ova dea.
2Ki 14.20: bring his mahke body back on top one horse, an dey bury him inside Jerusalem wit his ancesta guys, inside David's big
2Ki 14.21: Amaziah boy Azariah, who was sixteen year ol, an dey make him da nex king afta him.
2Ki 14.21: who was sixteen year ol, an dey make him da nex king afta him.
2Ki 14.29: Jeroboam Numba Two mahke, an dey bury him wit his ancesta guys, da Israel kings.
2Ki 14.29: An Zekariah his boy come da nex king afta him.
2Ki 15.3: Uzziah do wass right, da way Yahweh see him, jalike his fadda Amaziah wen do.
2Ki 15.7: Uzziah (dass Azariah) wen mahke, an dey bury him by his ancesta guys, inside King David's big town.
2Ki 15.14: He attack Shallum, Jabesh boy, inside Samaria, an kill him.
2Ki 15.14: An Menahem come nex king afta him.
2Ki 15.16: dat live aroun dea, cuz dey no like open dea gates fo him.
2Ki 15.20: Menahem wen make da rich kine Israel peopo give him dea silva.
2Ki 15.24: Da way Yahweh see him, Pekahiah do bad kine stuff.
2Ki 15.25: Pekah take fifty guys from Gilead wit him fo go inside da strong wall part a da king's palace inside
2Ki 15.25: Dass how Pekah kill Pekahiah, an come da nex king afta him.
2Ki 15.38: Wen Jotam mahke, dey bury him wit his ancesta guys inside his ancesta David's big town.
2Ki 15.38: An his boy Ahaz come da nex king afta him.)
2Ki 16.2: But da way his God Yahweh see him, he no do da right ting erytime.
2Ki 16.8: palace too, an send um to da Assyria king so dey no attack him.
2Ki 16.13: da sacrifices he make fo show dat eryting stay okay wit him an God.
2Ki 16.20: Wen Ahaz mahke, dey bury him nea his ancesta guys inside David's big town.
2Ki 17.2: not real bad kine stuff like da Israel kings dat stay befo him.
2Ki 17.4: find out dat Hoshea make plan wit some odda guys fo bulai him.
2Ki 17.4: Cuz a dat, Shalmaneser grab him an put him inside jail.
2Ki 17.4: Cuz a dat, Shalmaneser grab him an put him inside jail.
2Ki 17.13: Yahweh wen tell all da guys dat talk fo him, an all da guys dat get dream an know wat goin happen,
2Ki 17.18: come real huhu wit da Israel peopo, an cut dem off from him.
2Ki 17.20: Yahweh come plenny huhu an cut off da Israel peopo from him.
2Ki 17.23: Befo time, he tell all da talka guys dat work fo him, fo tell um dat goin happen.
2Ki 17.27: Make him an his wife an kids go back an live ova dea.”
2Ki 18.5: From all da odda Judah kings, befo him o afta him, no mo nobody jalike him.)
2Ki 18.5: From all da odda Judah kings, befo him o afta him, no mo nobody jalike him.)
2Ki 18.5: odda Judah kings, befo him o afta him, no mo nobody jalike him.)
2Ki 18.7: Cuz a dat, Yahweh stay tight wit him erytime.
2Ki 18.7: Eryting Hezekiah do, God make um come good fo him.
2Ki 18.7: He neva let da Assyria king be da boss ova him.
2Ki 18.12: Dey broke da deal wit him, an no do eryting dat Moses, da guy dat work fo Yahweh,
2Ki 18.15: So Hezekiah give him all da silva dat dey find inside da Temple Fo Yahweh, an
2Ki 18.18: an Joah, Asaf boy, da guy dat write da records, go wit him too.
2Ki 18.21: You stay trus da Egypt king, but no can trus him.
2Ki 18.21: Pharaoh, da Egypt king, goin help all you guys dat trus him!
2Ki 18.36: Assyria guy, cuz King Hezekiah wen tell dem, “No talk to him.”
2Ki 18.37: Dey broke dea clotheses fo show dey sore inside, an tell him wat da territorial govna guy wen tell dem.”
2Ki 19.4: His boss, da Assyria king, wen send him ova hea fo make fun a Da God Dat Stay Alive, an he stay
2Ki 19.4: fun a Da God Dat Stay Alive, an he stay talk stink bout him.
2Ki 19.4: Maybe Yahweh goin punish him cuz a wat he wen tell.
2Ki 19.7: An wen he get dea, I goin make somebody go kill him wit one sword.
2Ki 19.21: Me, Yahweh, I get someting fo say agains him: ‘Eh, King Sennakerib!
2Ki 19.37: down in front Nisrok, his boys Adrammelek an Sharezer kill him wit dea swords.
2Ki 20.1: Isaiah, Amoz boy dat talk fo God, go by him an tell, “Lissen up.
2Ki 20.4: Befo Isaiah go outside da palace, Yahweh tell him: “Go back an tell Hezekiah, da leada guy fo my peopo,
2Ki 20.14: Den Isaiah, da talka fo God, go by King Hezekiah an aks him, “Wat dose guys wen tell, an wea dey come from?
2Ki 21.6: He do all bad kine stuff, da way Yahweh see him.
2Ki 21.10: Yahweh wen tell da guys dat talk fo him an work fo him, fo tell dis: “Manasseh, da Judah king, wen
2Ki 21.10: Yahweh wen tell da guys dat talk fo him an work fo him, fo tell dis: “Manasseh, da Judah king, wen do all dis
2Ki 21.18: Manasseh mahke, an da peopo bury him wit his ancesta guys, inside da garden fo his palace, dat
2Ki 21.18: An his boy Amon come da nex king afta him.
2Ki 21.20: He do bad kine stuff, da way Yahweh see him, jalike his fadda Manasseh wen do.
2Ki 21.23: Dey kill him inside his palace.
2Ki 21.26: Dey put him inside his tomb inside Uzza's garden.
2Ki 21.26: An his boy Josiah come da nex king afta him.
2Ki 22.4: Tell him, get ready all da silva dat da peopo wen bring to da
2Ki 22.9: Den Shafan go by da king, an tell him bout da work.”
2Ki 23.1: older leadas inside Judah an Jerusalem, fo come togedda by him.
2Ki 23.3: door fo da temple, an make new promise in front Yahweh fo him an da peopo, dat dey goin follow Yahweh.
2Ki 23.4: tell Hilkiah da main pries, da pries guys dat work wit him, an da security guards fo da temple doors, wat fo do.
2Ki 23.25: kings dat come befo Josiah, an all da kings dat come afta him, neva get even one nodda king jalike Josiah.
2Ki 23.25: Az cuz he turn away from wat da king guys befo him stay do, he come tight wit Yahweh wit all his heart, an
2Ki 23.25: wit all his heart, an all his powa, an eryting inside him.
2Ki 23.29: So King Josiah an his army guys go out fo fight him.
2Ki 23.30: one war wagon from Megiddo to Jerusalem, an dey bury him inside his own tomb.
2Ki 23.33: Pharaoh Neko make Jehoahaz prisona an tie him up wit chain, Riblah town, inside da Hamat land, so he no
2Ki 24.2: out da land, jalike Yahweh wen tell da guys dat talk fo him befo time, fo go tell da Judah peopo.
2Ki 24.3: wen tell, fo kick um out so dey no can show face in front him no moa.
2Ki 24.20: Jerusalem an Judah peopo, so dey no can show face in front him fo pray.
2Ki 25.1: 15, Nebukadnezzar da Babylon king go fo attack Jerusalem, him an all his army guys.
2Ki 25.6: Dea dey tell wat dey goin do to him.
2Ki 25.7: Dey tie him wit two bronze leg chain, an take him Babylon side.
2Ki 25.7: Dey tie him wit two bronze leg chain, an take him Babylon side.
2Ki 25.25: Dey kill da guys from Judah an Babylon dat stay dea wit him too.
2Ki 25.28: talk nice to Coniah, an make one spesho place fo him fo sit down, fo show Coniah get mo plenny respeck den da
Ezr 1.2: He give me da job fo build one temple fo him, inside Jerusalem town, inside da Judah land.
Ezr 4.8: Shimshai, wen write one letta fo King Artaxerxes, an tell him bout da tings dat stay happen Jerusalem side.
Ezr 6.12: be da place wea peopo can come cuz dey know wat kine God him.
Ezr 7.5: Den afta him come Aaron's boy Eleazar, den Finehas, den Abishua, den
Ezr 7.6: Artaxerxes wen give Ezra eryting he aks the king fo give him.
Ezr 7.11: pries leave Babylon, King Artaxerxes wen give one letta to him, cuz he da one wen study da tings Yahweh say da Israel
Ezr 7.21: you guys fo do: Give Ezra wateva he aks you guys fo give him.
Ezr 7.22: Give him up to 7,500 pound silva, nuff wheat dat need 100 donkeys
Ezr 7.28: wen make me come tight wit da King, an da guys dat help him know wat fo do, an all da odda govmen peopo!
Ezr 8.21: pray, an fo come togedda in front God an show dat we need him plenny.
Ezr 8.22: “Our God, he stay take care all da peopo dat stay pray to him, but he stay huhu an make strong agains all da peopo dat
Ezr 10.1: Uku paila Israel peopo wen come by him, guys an wahines an kids.
Neh 1.1: Dis da story Nehemiah wen tell bout wat wen happen to him.
Neh 1.11: fo do someting real good fo me, an I aksing you fo make him lissen to me.
Neh 2.6: Da King aks me (wit da Queen sitting nex to him too), “So.
Neh 2.8: take care da park wit plenny trees ova dea fo da King, fo him give me da wood fo make da beams ova da gates fo da towa,
Neh 2.8: Da King give me wat I aks him fo, cuz God wen put his good hand on top me an help me.
Neh 2.20: We work fo him.”
Neh 3.8: Nex to him Hananiah, one a da guys dat make perfume, fix da wall nex
Neh 3.10: Hashabneiah's boy fix da odda part a da wall nex to him.
Neh 3.12: da Jerusalem Districk, fix da nex wall, an his girls help him.
Neh 3.14: Him an his guys fix um one mo time an put up da big doors, da
Neh 3.15: Him an his guys fix um one mo time an put roof on top.
Neh 3.17: Nex to him, da Levi ohana guys fix da wall, unda Rehum Bani's boy.
Neh 3.17: da guy dat stay in charge a half da Keilah Districk, him an his guys do da work fo his districk.
Neh 3.18: Nex to him, some odda guys from da same ohana: Binnui Henada's boy,
Neh 3.19: stay in charge a da odda half Keilah Districk, an nex to him Ezer Jeshua's boy, da main guy fo Mizpah, fix anodda part
Neh 3.20: Afta him Baruk Zabbai's boy really like help too, so he fix anodda
Neh 3.21: Nex to him, Meremot Uriah's boy an Hakkoz grankid fix anodda part a
Neh 3.24: Afta him, Binnui Henadad's boy fix anodda part a da wall, from
Neh 3.25: Nex to him, Pedaiah Parosh's boy an da guys dat live on top Ofel Hill
Neh 3.29: Nex to him, Shemaiah Shekaniah's boy, dat stay in charge a da Eas
Neh 3.30: Nex to him, Hananiah Shelemiah's boy and Hanun Zalaf's numba six boy
Neh 3.31: Nex to him, Malkijah, one a da guys dat make gold jewelry, fix da
Neh 4.14: He awesome, an good you scared a him.
Neh 4.18: Ery builda guy get one sword he tie aroun him.
Neh 4.22: I tell da peopo dat time too, “Ery guy, him an da ones dat work fo him, dey gotta stay nite time
Neh 4.22: peopo dat time too, “Ery guy, him an da ones dat work fo him, dey gotta stay nite time inside Jerusalem, so nite time
Neh 6.12: like one talka fo God, cuz Tobiah an Sanballat wen pay him off.”
Neh 6.13: Dey wen pay him fo talk lidat, so dey can make me come scared an I do
Neh 7.2: I put my brudda Hanani in charge a Jerusalem town, him an Hananiah dat was da officer ova da army guys inside da
Neh 7.43: Levi ohana dat help da prieses, come from Jeshua, an afta him dey come from Hodevah, an afta him dey come from Kadmiel,
Neh 7.43: from Jeshua, an afta him dey come from Hodevah, an afta him dey come from Kadmiel, 74.
Neh 8.1: Dey tell him fo bring da book dat get da Rules from Moses.
Neh 8.5: All da peopo can see him, cuz he stay stand up dea on top da stage.
Neh 9.8: You make one deal wit him.
Neh 9.8: You tell him: ‘All da peopo dat goin come from you, I goin give to dem,
Neh 11.8: Sallu get two guys dat follow him, Gabbai an Sallai.
Neh 12.24: an da oddas stand da odda side, fo sing fo God and tell him “Mahalo!
Neh 12.46: plenny songs fo tell God dat he da greates, an fo tell him “Mahalo!
Neh 13.26: Him, he was mo awesome den all da odda king guys.
Neh 13.26: God get choke plenny love an aloha fo Solomon, an God make him da king ova all da Israel peopo.
Est 1.10: He tell da seven palace guys dat work fo him, Mehuman, Bizta, Harbona, Bigta, Abagta, Zetar, an Carcas,
Est 1.11: Abagta, Zetar, an Carcas, fo bring Queen Vashti in front him, wit her queen kine crown on top her head, so Xerxes can
Est 1.17: Xerxes wen tell his guys fo bring Queen Vashti in front him, but she neva go.
Est 2.2: Den da guys dat work fo da king fo take care him, dey tell him, “Az good if some guys go look fo some young
Est 2.2: Den da guys dat work fo da king fo take care him, dey tell him, “Az good if some guys go look fo some young an good
Est 2.3: Hegai, da guy dat no can get kids an da king stay put him fo take care da odda wahines, he can take charge dem too.
Est 2.4: Da king like wat his guys tell him, so he do dat.
Est 3.1: King Xerxes make him mo importan den all da odda ali`i.
Est 3.2: king's gate go down on dea knees in front Haman, an show him respeck, cuz da king tell dem fo do dat.
Est 3.2: But Mordecai, he no go down in front Haman, an no show him respeck.
Est 3.5: Wen Haman see dat Mordecai no go down in front him o show him respeck, he come real huhu.
Est 3.5: Wen Haman see dat Mordecai no go down in front him o show him respeck, he come real huhu.
Est 4.4: She send clotheses fo him put on, so he no need wear burmbag clotheses, but he no
Est 4.6: open place inside da town in front da king's gate, an aks him.
Est 4.7: Den Mordecai tell Hatak eryting dat wen happen to him, an how plenny money Haman promise fo pay da peopo dat
Est 4.8: Tell her she gotta go by da king fo her peopo, fo beg him fo give um chance!
Est 4.11: now get thirty days awready an da king no call me fo go by him yet.
Est 4.17: So Mordecai go way an do eryting Esther tell him fo do.
Est 5.2: So Esther go by him an touch da end a da rod.
Est 5.7: Esther tell him, “Dis da ting I aksing you fo do: If da king like me, an
Est 5.9: by da king's gate, an see dat Mordecai neva stand up fo him, an show he no scared a him, Haman come even mo huhu
Est 5.9: dat Mordecai neva stand up fo him, an show he no scared a him, Haman come even mo huhu agains Mordecai den befo.
Est 5.11: his rich stuffs, bout all his boys, an how da king show him plenny respeck, an make him mo importan den all da odda
Est 5.11: his boys, an how da king show him plenny respeck, an make him mo importan den all da odda ali`i an palace guys dat stay
Est 5.12: An she aks me again fo come eat anodda dinna wit him tomorrow.
Est 5.14: Zeresh, Haman's wife, an all his friends tell him, “Go tell somebody put up one big pos 75 feet high, fo
Est 6.1: He like fo somebody read um fo him.
Est 6.3: Da king's helpa guys tell him, “We neva do notting fo him.
Est 6.3: Da king's helpa guys tell him, “We neva do notting fo him.
Est 6.5: Da king's helpa guys tell him, “Haman stay standing outside dea.”
Est 6.5: Da king tell dem, “Bring him inside.
Est 6.6: Wen Haman come inside, da king aks him, “Wat I goin do fo one guy, wen I really like show respeck
Est 6.6: I goin do fo one guy, wen I really like show respeck fo him?”
Est 6.8: respect fo, tell yoa guys fo bring one king kine robe fo him, an one horse da king wen awready ride, dat get one king's
Est 6.9: thru da streets inside da big town, an call out in front him, “Dis da kine ting dat da king like do fo da guy he really
Est 6.11: He put da robe on top Mordecai, an lead him thru da streets on top da horse, an call out in front him,
Est 6.11: him thru da streets on top da horse, an call out in front him, “Dis da kine ting da king like do fo da guy he really
Est 6.13: his wife Zeresh an his friends eryting dat wen happen to him.
Est 6.13: Da guys dat tell him wat fo do, an his wife Zeresh tell him, “You know, cuz
Est 6.13: Da guys dat tell him wat fo do, an his wife Zeresh tell him, “You know, cuz Mordecai one Jew, az why you lose out
Est 6.13: You no can stand agains him.
Est 6.14: An wen dey still yet talk wit him, da guys dat work fo da king, da kine no can make kids,
Est 7.7: So Haman stay dea an beg Queen Esther fo let him stay alive.
Est 7.8: down on top da couch wea Esther stay, begging her fo give him chance.
Est 8.4: wit da gold rod to Esther, an den she stand up in front him.
Est 9.4: Erybody inside all da districks hear bout him.
Est 9.25: down fo his guys dat wat Haman wen plan, goin come back to him, an fo da king's guys hang Haman an his boys.
Est 10.1: Xerxes stay make all da peopos all ova da land work fo him an no mo pay, even da far islands.
Est 10.3: All da Jews get plenny respeck fo him, cuz he work plenny so his peopo can stay okay.
Isa 1.1: Dis book tell wat God wen show him.
Isa 1.4: Jalike dey no like lissen an stay turn dea back on him.
Isa 1.5: How come you guys still stay go agains him?
Isa 2.3: Wat Yahweh teach goin come from him, From da Zion Hill inside Jerusalem town.
Isa 3.8: say, An wit wat dey do, Dey talk stink Yahweh An go agains him.
Isa 4.2: Dat time, goin get one guy, Yahweh goin give him da right fo be king, Cuz he jalike one shoot Dat Yahweh
Isa 4.5: Zion An ova erybody dat stay come togedda dea Fo show him respeck wen he tell um fo come by him.
Isa 4.5: togedda dea Fo show him respeck wen he tell um fo come by him.
Isa 5.16: Cuz he stay judge da right way, Peopo goin know how big him!
Isa 5.16: Him, da God dat stay good an spesho!
Isa 5.19: We like him make fas fo do his work, So us guys can see da ting Dat da
head: God Make Isaiah Clean Inside An [God] Call Him Fo Work Fo Him
head: God Make Isaiah Clean Inside An [God] Call Him Fo Work Fo Him
Isa 6.2: Angel guys dat look like fire, fly up all aroun him.
Isa 6.11: Den I aks him, “Boss, how long I gotta do dat?
Isa 7.1: time, King Rezin fo da Aram peopo, wit King Pekah fo help him, wen go fight agains da Jerusalem town peopo Judah side,
Isa 7.14: She goin call him ‘Immanuel,’ dat mean, ‘God stay wit us.
Isa 7.15: time, goin get plenny soft cheese an honey kine stuff fo him eat.
Isa 8.3: Yahweh tell me, “Call him Maher-Shalal-Hash-Baz.
Isa 8.17: he stay cover his face so da Jacob ohana peopo no can see him.”
Isa 8.17: But me, I goin stay wait fo him.
Isa 9.6: God goin give him da power fo stay in charge.
Isa 10.22: wen da big watta carry um away, Cuz az da right ting fo him do.
Isa 11.2: Dat Spirit from Yahweh goin make him know wat fo do erytime, An make him undastan plenny stuff.
Isa 11.2: from Yahweh goin make him know wat fo do erytime, An make him undastan plenny stuff.
Isa 11.2: Dat Spirit goin make him Wea he can tell odda peopo wass good fo dem, An he no goin
Isa 11.2: Dat Spirit goin help him know plenny stuff, An get respeck fo Yahweh.
Isa 11.5: strong, cuz he do da right tings erytime, An you can trus him erytime.
Isa 11.10: get King David blood, jalike David fadda ohana da root fo him, an he da shoot.
Isa 11.10: know he dea, so all da diffren peopos goin know fo go by him.
Isa 11.10: Peopo inside all da countries goin aks him wat fo do.
Isa 12.2: I goin trus him an no stay scared.
Isa 12.4: Aks him fo help you cuz you know wat kine God him!
Isa 12.4: Aks him fo help you cuz you know wat kine God him!
Isa 12.4: Help erybody fo rememba Dat wen you know wat kine God him, You know he da greates!
Isa 13.3: awready tell da army guys Dat goin do dis spesho job fo him, ‘Come!
Isa 14.29: goin come Afta da Assyria king mahke Goin be mo worsa den him!
Isa 16.5: goin come from King David's ohana, An da peopo goin trus him.
Isa 18.7: Dey da ones goin bring gifs to Jerusalem town fo him, cuz dass da place fo find out wat kine God Yahweh.
Isa 19.1: idol kine gods da Egypt peopo pray to Stay shake in front him.
Isa 19.11: No way you guys can tell him dat!
Isa 19.14: Yahweh, him da one wen make da Egypt peopo So dey no can tink strait.
Isa 19.22: Den dey goin come back to Yahweh, an wen dey aks him fo help um, he goin make um come good.
Isa 19.22: Yahweh goin let da Egypt peopo know who him, an wen he do dat, dey goin know Yahweh fo real kine.
Isa 19.22: Dey goin make sacrifice an give wheat o barley gif fo him, cuz now dey get Yahweh fo dea boss.
Isa 19.22: Dey goin make strong promise to him an den do wat dey promise fo do.
Isa 20.2: Dat time, Yahweh wen tell me, Isaiah, Amoz boy, fo talk fo him.
Isa 22.21: I goin put yoa robe an yoa ali`i sash on top him, An give him da powa Fo do da job you get right now.
Isa 22.21: I goin put yoa robe an yoa ali`i sash on top him, An give him da powa Fo do da job you get right now.
Isa 22.22: give Eliakim da right Fo run da govmen fo da king, Jalike him da one carry da key fo King David palace An work fo da
Isa 22.23: make Eliakim come one strong guy, No mo notting can make him change, Jalike one strong stick Dat stick out from da wall
Isa 22.24: Him da one gotta carry da load Fo all his fadda guy's ohana
Isa 25.9: We wen trus him, An he wen get us outa trouble!
Isa 27.1: Dat time, Yahweh goin go afta Da peopos dat donno him, fo punish dem.
Isa 27.13: An go down in front Yahweh Fo show love an respeck fo him ova dea.
Isa 28.9: Dis Isaiah guy, who he tink him?
Isa 28.16: An da stone, mean dis: ‘Anybody dat trus him, no need worry.
Isa 28.21: Goin make da peopo drop dea jaws, No matta nobody wen see him make lidat befo time.
Isa 29.10: You guys dat talk fo him, He shut yoa eyes real good.
Isa 29.12: guys give um to somebody dat donno how fo read, An tell him fo read um, He goin tell, “[Eh,] I no can.
Isa 29.22: make Abraham so da gods from da town wea he born no own him no moa.
Isa 30.2: Dey aks da Pharaoh guy fo help dem An let dem stay wit him So notting goin hurt dem.
Isa 30.18: An all da peopo dat stay wait fo him, Dey can stay good inside.
Isa 30.27: real huhu, Jalike he burning, An plenny smoke coming outa him!
Isa 30.27: Da ony ting he talk bout, Wat da guys dat stay agains him stay do, He no goin take dat.
Isa 31.1: Dey no aks him wat fo do.
Isa 31.3: He no care dat dey stay yelling, No bodda him dey make big noise.
Isa 31.6: You wen go agains him, real bad.”
Isa 35.4: Wen come da time fo pay dem back, Da ones dat stay agains him!
Isa 36.6: Dass how plenny da Pharaoh guy help erybody dat trus him!
Isa 36.21: wen tell dem befo time, “Ony lissen an no talk back to him.
Isa 36.22: Dey rip dea clotheses fo show dey sore inside, an tell him wat da territorial govna guy wen tell.”
Isa 37.7: He goin hear wat somebody tell him, an cuz a dat, he goin go back his own country.
Isa 37.38: own boys Adramalek and Sharezer wen take dea sword an kill him.
Isa 38.22: da sore, an Hezekiah aks wat kine sign Yahweh goin give him dat he goin come good.
Isa 39.3: Isaiah, da guy dat talk fo God, go by King Hezekiah an aks him, “Wat dose guys say?
Isa 39.4: Isaiah aks him, “Wat dey wen see inside yoa palace?”
Isa 40.10: He stay ready fo pay good Da ones dat help him an work fo him.
Isa 40.10: He stay ready fo pay good Da ones dat help him an work fo him.
Isa 40.14: You tink get somebody Yahweh wen aks him wat fo do, An da guy help Yahweh fo undastan stuff?
Isa 40.14: right way fo judge wass right an wass wrong, O who teach him bout da world?
Isa 40.14: Who help him know how fo undastan stuff?
Isa 40.17: dem, He know dey no worth notting, Jalike dey notting to him.
Isa 40.18: wat da ting you guys tink he look like, So you can look at him an da ting, togedda?
Isa 40.22: Unda him, look jalike one big circle, An da peopo dat live dea, Fo
Isa 40.22: look jalike one big circle, An da peopo dat live dea, Fo him dey look jalike small grasshoppas.
Isa 40.25: he jalike one guy,’ Den, who da guy, Dat you tink I jalike him?
Isa 41.2: Az me, Yahweh, dat give him da peopos Inside plenny countries.
Isa 41.2: I let him take ova da kings ova dea.
Isa 41.3: guy from da east side, He chase da peopo dat stay agains him, An den he go some moa, Cuz nobody goin hurt him.
Isa 41.3: agains him, An den he go some moa, Cuz nobody goin hurt him.
Isa 42.1: I kokua him all da way.
Isa 42.1: I feel good inside cuz a him.
Isa 42.1: My Spirit stay inside him.
Isa 42.3: You can trus him Fo judge peopo da right way erytime.
Isa 42.12: On top da islands, let dem tell Good stuff bout him!
Isa 42.13: huhu, an he yell fo start fo fight Da guys dat stay agains him, An he goin be da winna ova dem!
Isa 42.21: Dat make him feel good inside An show erybody dat he stay do da right
Isa 42.24: An was us Israel peopo Dat wen do bad kine stuff agains him!
Isa 44.7: I like fo him show da proof Dat he know all da diffren tings Dat wen
Isa 44.7: An I like him tell me wat goin happen bumbye too.
Isa 44.15: go down in front da idol kine god Fo pray fo da ting help him.
Isa 44.28: He goin do eryting I like him fo do.’
Isa 45.1: I take his right hand fo help him, Cuz I goin make him win Wen he go afta da peopo inside
Isa 45.1: I take his right hand fo help him, Cuz I goin make him win Wen he go afta da peopo inside odda countries.
Isa 45.1: Even da big town gates no goin stay shut in front him!
Isa 45.13: I goin make um easy fo him do um.
Isa 45.24: But erybody dat come huhu wit Yahweh Dey gotta go by him, An dey goin come plenny shame.
Isa 45.25: Stay tight wit Yahweh, Den dey goin get um right wit him.’
Isa 45.25: An dey goin tell good stuff bout him.
Isa 46.11: I call one guy from one far place Fo him do wat I wen make plan fo do.’
Isa 47.4: Him, da Good An Spesho God fo da Israel peopo.”
Isa 48.14: He goin do eryting I like him do Agains da Babylon peopo.
Isa 48.15: I make him go Babylon side, An he goin be da winna ova dea.
Isa 48.17: Him, da One dat pay da price Fo get you guys outa trouble.
Isa 49.5: (He da One wen make me inside my mudda, So I can work fo him.
Isa 49.7: Dis wat Yahweh tell dat Guy Dat Work Fo Him: “Wen da king guys see you, Dey goin stand up fo show you
Isa 50.4: He wake me up ery day morning time An make me lissen to him real good, Jalike da peopo dat study plenny.
Isa 50.5: Me, I no go agains him, An I no turn aroun an go da wrong way.
Isa 50.8: Whoeva like point finga me, I like fo him an me, stand togedda in front da judge!
Isa 50.8: Let him come in front me so he can tell me!
Isa 50.10: no mo light, He goin trus Yahweh, Cuz he know wat kine God him, An he goin let his God take care him.
Isa 50.10: he know wat kine God him, An he goin let his God take care him.
Isa 51.2: Wen I tell Abraham fo come be my guy, Was ony him, one guy.
Isa 51.2: I do plenny good stuff fo him, An give him plenny kids an grandkids.
Isa 51.2: I do plenny good stuff fo him, An give him plenny kids an grandkids.
Isa 52.1: Cuz yoa town, da one God make spesho fo him!
Isa 52.10: Yahweh goin show how strong him Cuz he good an spesho!
Isa 52.13: Dey all goin know who him, An show him plenny respeck.
Isa 52.13: Dey all goin know who him, An show him plenny respeck.
Isa 53.1: You tink Yahweh wen show any a dem How strong him?
Isa 53.3: Peopo make him jalike he notting.
Isa 53.3: Dey no let him do notting wit dem.
Isa 53.3: Peopo turn aroun look da odda way Cuz dey no like see him.
Isa 53.3: Dey make him jalike he nobody, An nobody care bout him.
Isa 53.3: Dey make him jalike he nobody, An nobody care bout him.
Isa 53.4: But us guys, we ony figga him Az da guy dat God wen wack an bus up, An make um feel like
Isa 53.5: Him, da one dey smash Cuz us guys do wrong.
Isa 53.5: Him, da one dey punish So eryting come good fo us.
Isa 53.5: Him, da one dey wen whip An cuz a dat, he make us come good!
Isa 53.6: But Yahweh, he let da Guy Dat Work Fo Him Take da blame fo da bad stuff all us guys do.
Isa 53.7: Da Guy Dat Work Fo Yahweh, Da peopo give him hard time.
Isa 53.7: Dey make him suffa, But he no say notting.
Isa 53.7: Dey take him out jalike one sheep Fo kill him.
Isa 53.7: Dey take him out jalike one sheep Fo kill him.
Isa 53.8: Dey judge him, Den take um away fo kill um.
Isa 53.8: dat stay alive dat time, Dey no even tink bout How dey cut him off From stay alive inside dea land.
Isa 53.8: Cuz my peopo wen go agains God, Dey wack him.
Isa 53.9: Dey set up one grave fo him Wit da bad guys.
Isa 53.10: was Yahweh Dat figga az good, Fo smash da Guy Dat Work Fo Him An make him suffa.
Isa 53.10: Dat figga az good, Fo smash da Guy Dat Work Fo Him An make him suffa.
Isa 53.10: Yahweh make him mahke, jalike one sacrifice Fo all da blame peopo get Cuz
Isa 53.12: Az why I goin give him his share, Same ting jalike I goin give plenny odda peopo.
Isa 53.12: Cuz he let da peopo kill him, An even count him Wit da peopo dat go agains me.
Isa 53.12: Cuz he let da peopo kill him, An even count him Wit da peopo dat go agains me.
Isa 53.12: Him, da one take da blame fo plenny peopo, An pray fo da peopo
Isa 55.3: King David dat I goin do, Dat I goin stay tight wit him foeva, I goin do dat fo shua, Cuz I do wat I promise fo
Isa 55.4: Da one I wen make da promise bout, I let him tell all da diffren peopos wat I stay do, An be dea leada
Isa 55.6: all out fo know Yahweh Right now, wen he let you guys meet him.
Isa 55.6: Call him fo help you Now, wen he stay nea.’-”
Isa 57.9: Jalike dat wahine wen go By da idol kine god Molek An give him olive oil fo one present.
Isa 57.15: He stay good an spesho, cuz dass wat kine God him.
Isa 59.13: We no follow oua God An turn away from him.
Isa 59.16: Cuz he do da right ting erytime, He no need nobody fo help him.
Isa 59.17: Az how come nobody can hurt him.
Isa 59.18: back Same same jalike dey wen do: Huhu fo da guys dat hate him, An payback fo da guys dat stay agains him, Even fo da
Isa 59.18: guys dat hate him, An payback fo da guys dat stay agains him, Even fo da peopo on top da far islands!
Isa 59.19: goin get respeck fo Yahweh Wen dey find out wat kine God him.
Isa 59.19: da eas side, wea da sun come up, Dey goin get respeck fo him Wen dey see how awesome he stay.
Isa 59.20: time go agains God, But dey stay sorry now Fo go agains him.
Isa 61.3: Dey goin show dat Yahweh make dem come right wit him, Jalike dey strong oak trees dat Yahweh plant Fo show how
Isa 61.10: jalike he give me one nice robe Fo show I get um right wit him.
Isa 61.11: Dass how my Boss Yahweh Goin make peopo get um right wit him An tell good tings bout him In front da peopos from all da
Isa 61.11: make peopo get um right wit him An tell good tings bout him In front da peopos from all da diffren countries!
Isa 62.1: Till erybody can see, Dat God's peopo get um right wit him, Jalike wen da sun come up morning time, An erybody can
Isa 62.7: solid, An make all da peopo on top da earth talk good bout him.
Isa 62.11: He stay bring wit him Da ones he wen get outa trouble!
head: Tell Good Stuff Bout Yahweh An Pray To Him
Isa 63.10: But his peopo, still yet dey go agains him, An make his Good An Spesho Spirit stay sore inside.
Isa 63.12: One dat wen use his awesome powa Fo go wit Moses fo help him?
Isa 63.12: An dass how Yahweh make erybody know Wat kine God him, foeva!
Isa 64.4: god dat can do awesome stuff Fo da peopo dat stay wait fo him.
head: Da Judge Help Da Peopo Dat Trus Him An Wait Fo Him
head: Da Judge Help Da Peopo Dat Trus Him An Wait Fo Him
Isa 66.6: stay make [Fo / Wen he] pay back da guys dat stay agains him!
Dan 1.3: guy dat stay in charge a all his palace peopo, fo bring him some a da Israel guys dat stay Babylon side from da Israel
Dan 1.8: mind dat he no goin eat da kine food an wine da king like him eat, cuz dass da kine stuff Yahweh make kapu.
Dan 1.8: So Daniel tell da guy in charge fo no make him eat dat kine food.
Dan 1.9: da guy in charge, come tight wit Daniel, an he show him pity.
Dan 1.11: talk to da luna guy dat Ashpenaz wen put in charge a him, Hananiah, Mishael, an Azariah.
Dan 1.14: So da luna guy do how dey tell him, an give um da test fo ten days.
Dan 2.1: Da dream bodda him, an he no can sleep good.
Dan 2.2: guys dat know how fo learn stuff from da stars, fo come by him.
Dan 2.2: So dey come stand in front him.
Dan 2.12: wen make da king come real huhu, wat da smart guys tell him.
Dan 2.14: kill all da smart guys inside Babylon, wen Daniel talk to him.
Dan 2.18: give dem chance an show dem da secret a da dream, so dat him an his friends no get wipe out wit da odda smart guys
Dan 2.19: Daniel wen see someting jalike one dream, an God wen show him da secret.
Dan 2.19: God Inside Da Sky mahalo plenny, cuz he do good tings fo him.
Dan 2.24: Take me by da king, an I goin tell him wat his dream mean.
Dan 2.46: down wit his face on top da groun in front Daniel, an show him respeck.
Dan 2.48: Den da king wen make Daniel one real importan guy, an give him plenny present.
Dan 2.48: da main leada guy ova all da Babylon districk, an put him in charge a all da smart guys Babylon side.”
Dan 2.49: aks da king fo make Shadrak, Meshak, an Abednego, come wit him, fo help him take care da Babylon districk.
Dan 2.49: make Shadrak, Meshak, an Abednego, come wit him, fo help him take care da Babylon districk.
Dan 3.2: He call da guys dat talk wit him bout wass good fo him do, an da guys dat take care da rich
Dan 3.2: He call da guys dat talk wit him bout wass good fo him do, an da guys dat take care da rich kine stuffs da king
Dan 3.13: an tell his guys go bring Shadrak, Meshak, an Abednego by him.
Dan 3.24: up from his chair, an aks da odda govmen guys dat stay wit him, “Wassup?
Dan 4.8: I tell him bout my dream.
Dan 4.8: An da spirit from da spesho gods stay inside him.
Dan 4.15: Let da same ting happen to him, Jalike how da animals Dat stay live in da grass on top da
Dan 4.16: Make him, So he no can tink like anybody!
Dan 4.16: Let him tink jalike one animal, Fo seven year.
Dan 4.17: even can take one guy Dat nobody tink he importan, An make him da govmen leada.
Dan 4.23: Let him come wet wit da dew from da sky.
Dan 4.23: Let him live jalike da wild animals, till seven year pass!
Dan 4.33: Da peopo wen make him go way from dem, an he eat grass jalike da cows.”
Dan 4.35: No mo nobody can hold him back O aks him how come he do dat.
Dan 4.35: No mo nobody can hold him back O aks him how come he do dat.
Dan 5.2: Nebukadnezzar wen take from da Jerusalem temple, so dat him an da ali`i guys, his real wifes, an his odda wifes, can
Dan 5.7: put purple kine king kine clotheses dat cost plenny on top him, an one gold chain aroun his neck.
Dan 5.11: land dat get da spirit from da good an spesho gods inside him.
Dan 5.13: An da king aks him, “You da guy Daniel, one a da guys my fadda da king wen
Dan 5.18: He make him come mo importan, an make peopo get respeck fo him, an
Dan 5.18: He make him come mo importan, an make peopo get respeck fo him, an make him awesome.
Dan 5.18: mo importan, an make peopo get respeck fo him, an make him awesome.
Dan 5.19: Cuz God make him mo importan, all da diffren peopos from ery country an ery
Dan 5.19: peopos from ery country an ery language come real scared a him.
Dan 5.20: Az why God throw him out fo be da king, an da peopo no show respeck fo him no
Dan 5.20: him out fo be da king, an da peopo no show respeck fo him no moa.
Dan 5.21: Da peopo no let him stay wit dem no moa.
Dan 6.3: An because inside him, he stay real good, da king make plan fo put Daniel in
Dan 6.4: dey no can find notting fo poin finga, cuz erybody trus him an he no mess up notting.
Dan 6.5: Da ony ting fo poin finga at him, gotta be da rules a his god, cuz da rules stay diffren!
Dan 6.9: Cuz a wat dey tell him, King Darius sign da paypa dat say ony can pray to da
Dan 6.11: dat stay agains Daniel go his house all togedda an see him praying an aksing God fo help.
Dan 6.12: So dey go by da king, an tell him bout da rule he wen write.
Dan 6.16: “Yoa God, da One you show respeck fo real plenny, ony him can get you outa dis, cuz I no can!
Dan 6.18: all nite, an no like nobody play music o make party fo him o do odda stuff.
Dan 6.23: Wen dey bring Daniel outa da hole, dey find no cuts on top him, notting, cuz he trus his God.
Dan 6.26: scared an shaking in front Daniel's God, an get respeck fo him.
Dan 6.27: He wen get Daniel outa trouble So da lions neva hurt him.
Dan 7.7: look real diffren den da odda wild animals dat come befo him, cuz he get ten horns.
Dan 7.10: look like one river stay burning, Going out from in front him.
Dan 7.10: Plenny peopo do his work, Mo plenny peopo stay by him.
Dan 7.14: He make people get respeck fo him An let him be dea king.
Dan 7.14: He make people get respeck fo him An let him be dea king.
Dan 7.14: Dat powa no goin pau eva, An no mo nobody goin ovathrow him.
Dan 7.16: I go by one a da guys dat stay standing ova dea, an aks him wat da tings I see, mean fo real kine.
Dan 7.22: Den da time come wen dose dat stay spesho fo him, take ova an stay in charge a eryting.
Dan 7.23: Goin be diffren den da odda countries Dat take ova befo him.’
Dan 7.24: one nodda king goin come, Diffren from da odda kings befo him.
Dan 7.27: Den All Da Odda Gods goin give da peopo dat stay spesho fo him, da powa fo come da nex king, an da power fo stay in
Dan 8.4: No mo no odda animal can stand in front him.
Dan 8.4: No mo mo animal can run away from him.
Dan 8.5: dea one boy kine goat wit one big horn an you no can miss him, in da middle a da two eyes, come from da wes side.
Dan 8.17: come real scared, an I fall down on top da groun in front him.”
Dan 8.24: Wateva he do, goin come out good fo him.
Dan 8.25: But goin get somebody dat goin smash him, an whoeva do dat no goin be one guy.
Dan 9.2: wat Yahweh mean, wen he tell Jeremiah, da guy dat talk fo him, dat afta Jerusalem come bus up an erybody bag, Jerusalem
Dan 9.3: I beg him fo help me.
Dan 9.20: I aks my God Yahweh fo make da hill dat stay spesho fo him okay again.
Dan 9.26: an he [goin get no mo / no goin get] [notting / nobody wit him / nobody fo take ova afta him].
Dan 9.26: get] [notting / nobody wit him / nobody fo take ova afta him].
Dan 9.27: make erybody jus bag, till da time dat God say goin make him stop.
Dan 10.9: Den I hear da awesome guy talking, an wen I lissen him, I pass out sleep, wit my face on top da groun.
Dan 11.2: he get, he goin use um fo get mo powa den da kings befo him, an wen he like make war agains da Greek country, da peopo
Dan 11.2: make war agains da Greek country, da peopo goin follow him.
Dan 11.5: But one a his army general guys goin come mo strong den him.
Dan 11.17: Syria king stay make no goin work, an da plan no goin help him.
Dan 11.19: bumbye he goin come weak, so dat nobody goin worry bout him an no goin see um again no moa.
Dan 11.20: “Da king guy dat goin take ova afta him goin send one guy all ova his land fo colleck tax fo make
Dan 11.20: goin send one guy all ova his land fo colleck tax fo make him still look good.
Dan 11.20: goin kick um out, but not cuz dey huhu, o cuz dey fight him.
Dan 11.21: No mo nobody give him respeck, jalike he get da right fo be king fo real kine.
Dan 11.23: to da peopo fo help dem, an dey goin make promise fo help him.
Dan 11.23: goin come mo an mo strong wit ony litto bit peopo fo help him.
Dan 11.30: Da navy boats guys from da west side goin go agains him.
Dan 11.36: An eryting goin go good fo him, till da time wen God no pau stay huhu.
Dan 11.39: da mos strong walls, an one god from odda place goin help him.
Dan 11.39: He goin give dem guys land if dey pay him.
Dan 11.42: Da Egypt peopo goin run away from him.
Dan 11.43: Da Libya peopo an da Sudan peopo goin come unda him too.
Dan 11.44: goin hear stuff from da east an da north, an dat goin make him come real scared.
Dan 11.45: But den, he goin mahke, an no goin get nobody dea fo help him.
Dan 12.7: I hear him make one strong promise in front God dat stay live foeva.”
Amo 3.6: my boss Yahweh, he erytime tell his worka guys dat talk fo him da secret plan bout wat he goin do.’
Amo 3.8: Wen my boss Yahweh tell you someting, you betta talk fo him!
Amo 4.13: Dass wat kine God him!
Amo 5.8: Yahweh, Yahweh, dass his name, cuz dass who him!
Amo 6.8: he make strong promise, An he no need odda guy fo help him do um, jus him.
Amo 6.8: promise, An he no need odda guy fo help him do um, jus him.
Amo 7.11: wat he stay tell peopo: ‘King Jeroboam, somebody goin kill him wit sword, an fo shua, dose peopo goin take all da Israel
Amo 9.6: Yahweh, dass his name, Cuz dass who him!
Jon 1.1: One time, Yahweh wen tell Jonah fo talk fo him.
Jon 1.6: Da captain go by Jonah an yell at him, “Eh!
Jon 1.7: We go pull straw fo find out who him, yeah?
Jon 1.10: An I stay running away from him.
Jon 1.15: Den da saila guys wen pick up Jonah an throw him inside da sea.
Jon 1.16: dey real scared a Yahweh, cuz he fo real, an dey like show him plenny respeck.
Jon 1.16: So dey wen kill one animal fo make sacrifice to him, an dey make plenny serious kine promise, wat dey goin do
Jon 1.16: dey make plenny serious kine promise, wat dey goin do fo him bumbye.
Jon 4.5: So, afta Jonah tell da Nineveh peopo wat God tell him, Jonah go outside Nineveh town, an he stay ova dea da east
head: Yahweh Tell Malakai Talk Fo Him
Mal 1.12: one make my Boss altar pilau wea you stay eat togedda wit him.”
Mal 3.1: Dat messenja guy, da one dat you guys stay looking fo him, He da messenja fo set up da deal wit me, An you guys
Mal 3.2: He goin show up, An you tink you can face him an no run away?
Mal 3.2: Cuz him, he real strong, Jalike da real hot fire dat da peopo use
Mal 3.16: wen write down eryting on top one paypa dat stay in front him, fo no foget wat da peopo saying.
Mal 3.16: fo da ones dat stay feel jalike dey real scared in front him, an dat tink plenny bout wat kine God he stay.
Mal 4.4: I wen teach him wat he gotta do, Mount Sinai side, So dat he can teach all
Mat 1.20: guy from da Good Boss Up Dea Inside Da Sky come by him, wen he stay dreaming.
Mat 1.21: She goin born one boy, an you goin name him Jesus, cuz he goin take his peopo outa da kine bad stuff
Mat 1.23: Dey goin name him Emmanuel.
Mat 1.24: wake up an he do wat da angel guy from da Boss wen tell him.”
Mat 1.25: An he name him Jesus.
Mat 2.2: dat he born awready, an we come hea fo go down in front him an show him plenny respeck.
Mat 2.2: awready, an we come hea fo go down in front him an show him plenny respeck.
Mat 2.4: Den Herod wen tell fo come by him all da main pries guys an all da teacha guys who teach
Mat 2.7: tell da guys who know plenny bout da stars fo come by him.
Mat 2.8: Cuz I like go dea, fo go down in front him an show him respeck too.
Mat 2.8: Cuz I like go dea, fo go down in front him an show him respeck too.
Mat 2.11: Dey go down in front him an show him respeck.
Mat 2.11: Dey go down in front him an show him respeck.
Mat 2.13: Da angel guy tell him, “Eh Joseph!
Mat 2.13: King Herod, he goin look fo da boy fo kill him, dass why.
Mat 2.16: out eh, dat da guys dat know plenny bout da stars wen fool him, an he wen come so wild, he wen go send his army guys an
Mat 2.16: time, cuz da guys who know plenny bout da stars wen tell him wat time da star wen show up first time.”
Mat 2.19: Da angel guy tell him, “Eh Joseph!
Mat 2.22: God tell him inside one dream, “You betta not go ova dea.
Mat 2.23: guys who talk fo God long time ago wen say, “Dey goin call him ‘da Nazaret guy.”
Mat 3.3: Make um strait fo him!
Mat 3.5: Had choke peopo, dey going by him ova dea, from Jerusalem, an from Judea, an from all ova
Mat 3.11: I not even spesho nuff fo help him hemo his slippas.
Mat 3.13: side to da Jordan River wea John stay, so John can baptize him.
Mat 3.16: Right afta John baptize him, Jesus come out from da water, an you know wat?”
Mat 3.16: Jesus spock God's Spirit coming down on top him.
Mat 3.17: I I get love an aloha fo him fo real kine, an I stay good inside cuz a him!
Mat 3.17: an aloha fo him fo real kine, an I stay good inside cuz a him!
Mat 4.1: take Jesus to da boonies, so da main Devil can try presha him make um do bad kine stuff.
Mat 4.3: So da Devil wen go by him an presha him.
Mat 4.3: So da Devil wen go by him an presha him.
Mat 4.5: Den da Devil take him to Jerusalem, da town dat stay spesho fo God, an make him
Mat 4.5: him to Jerusalem, da town dat stay spesho fo God, an make him go up da big tower on top da temple.”
Mat 4.7: But Jesus tell him, “Da Bible say: ‘God, he yoa Boss.
Mat 4.7: So no try presha him fo make um show proof dat he God.’-”
Mat 4.8: Den da Devil take him up on top one big mountain, an show him all da diffren
Mat 4.8: Den da Devil take him up on top one big mountain, an show him all da diffren countries all ova da world, an how awesome
Mat 4.10: Jesus tell him, “Beat it, Devil!
Mat 4.10: plenny respeck to God yoa Boss, An live an work ony fo him.”
head: Jesus Tell Four Fisha Guys Fo Come Wit Him
Mat 4.20: Right den an dea, dey jus wen leave da nets, an go wit him.
Mat 4.22: Dey go way from da boat an dea fadda, an go wit him right den an dea.
Mat 4.24: Everybody hear bout him, from dea all ova Syria.
Mat 4.24: Dey bring all da peopo wit all kine sick by him: everybody dat hurt, an suffa plenny, da peopo dat get bad
Mat 4.25: Plenny peopo wen go wit him from Galilee side, from all da Ten Towns, from Jerusalem,
Mat 5.1: down dea fo teach, an da guys he wen pick fo teach come by him fo lissen.
Mat 5.12: Eh, jalike befo time, da guys God wen send fo talk fo him long time ago, had peopo dat wen make dem suffa too.
Mat 5.19: da odda guys fo do um too, da King from da sky goin make him importan.
Mat 5.23: rememba yoa brudda huhu wit you cuz you wen do someting to him, leave yoa gif ova dea, an go make good to yoa brudda.’
Mat 6.8: yoa Fadda know awready all da stuff you need, befo you aks him.
Mat 6.24: “Nobody can work, an two boss guys own him.
Mat 7.11: in da sky goin give good kine stuffs to da peopo dat aks him.
Mat 7.21: da peopo dat do wat my Fadda in da sky like, dey going get him fo dea King.’
Mat 8.1: wen go down from da mountain, an plenny peopo wen go wit him.
Mat 8.2: Had one lepa guy wen go by him an go down in front him.
Mat 8.2: Had one lepa guy wen go by him an go down in front him.
Mat 8.3: Jesus wen stick out his hand an touch him, an say, “Okay, I do um.
Mat 8.4: Den Jesus tell him, “Make shua dat you no tell nobody bout dis.”
Mat 8.5: town, one captain fo da Rome army guys wen come by him fo beg um, “Boss, I get one worka guy dat stay home sick.
Mat 8.7: Jesus tell him, “Kay.
Mat 8.7: I goin go yoa house fo make him come good.”
Mat 8.10: wen hear dat, an he tell da odda guys dat stay following him, “Ho!
Mat 8.17: guy Isaiah, who talk fo God long time ago, wen say: “Was him dat wen hemo all our sick an take um away.
Mat 8.18: Bumbye, Jesus wen see choke peopo aroun him.
Mat 8.19: One teacha guy dat teach God's Rules wen come by him, an say, “Teacha, I goin go wit you weaeva you go.
Mat 8.20: Jesus tell him, “Da foxes get hole fo house, an da birds in da sky get
Mat 8.21: One nodda guy dat Jesus stay teaching tell him, “Eh, Boss, try let me go.
Mat 8.22: But Jesus tell him, “You, jus come wit me an be my guy!
Mat 8.25: His guys wen go wake him up, an tell him, “Eh, Boss!
Mat 8.25: His guys wen go wake him up, an tell him, “Eh, Boss!
Mat 8.34: An wen dey wen see him, dey beg um fo go way from dea.
Mat 9.9: Matthew wen get up, an wen go wit him.
Mat 9.14: Dey wen come by Jesus, an aks him, “How come us guys skipping food so we can pray, an da
Mat 9.19: Jesus wen go wit him, an da guys he teaching wen go too.
Mat 9.22: Jesus wen turn aroun, an wen spock her behind him, an he say, “Sista, make strong!”
Mat 9.24: But da peopo make fun a him.
Mat 9.28: Dey tell him, “Yeah, Mista.
Mat 9.32: Had one bad kine spirit dat wen take ova him, dass why da guy no can talk.
Mat 10.1: Jesus tell his twelve guys fo come togedda wit him, an he give um da power fo make da bad kine spirits let go
Mat 10.32: me, den I goin tell in front my Fadda in da sky dat I know him.
Mat 10.33: den I goin tell in front my Fadda in da sky dat I donno him.
Mat 10.41: Whoeva take in one guy dat talk fo God an make friends wit him, jus cuz he talk fo God, God goin have plenny good kine
Mat 10.41: Whoeva take in one good guy an make friends wit him, jus cuz he one good guy, God goin have plenny good kine
Mat 10.42: God goin have plenny good kine stuff bumbye in da sky fo him.
Mat 11.3: Dey aks him, “Eh, you da guy suppose to come, o wat?)
Mat 11.18: peopo say, ‘Eh, he get one bad kine spirit in charge a him!’
Mat 11.27: An nobody know my Fadda fo real kine, ony me, I know him, cuz I his Boy.
Mat 11.27: An da peopo I like show my Fadda, dey can know him fo real kine too.
Mat 12.3: read inside da Bible wat King David wen do, da time wen him an his guys was hungry?”
head: Da Guy God Wen Send Fo Work Fo Him
Mat 12.15: Choke peopo go wit him, an he make all da sick peopo come good.
Mat 12.16: He tell dem dey betta not tell da odda guys who him.
Mat 12.18: I get love an aloha fo him, I stay real good inside cuz a him.
Mat 12.18: I get love an aloha fo him, I stay real good inside cuz a him.
Mat 12.18: I goin give him my Spirit, An he goin teach da peopos all ova da world wat
Mat 12.19: Nobody goin hear him talking loud in da street.
Mat 12.21: All da peopos all ova da world goin trus him, Cuz dey goin know who him.
Mat 12.21: all ova da world goin trus him, Cuz dey goin know who him.
Mat 12.22: Dey bring one guy dat get one bad kine spirit dat take ova him.
Mat 12.38: guys dat teach God's Rules, an some Pharisee guys come by him.
Mat 12.45: Den da bad spirit go get seven mo spirits dat mo worse den him, an dey all go back to da guy, an take um ova one mo
Mat 12.46: Dey like talk to him.
Mat 13.2: Plenny peopo come aroun him, so he go inside one small boat, an sit down dea.
Mat 13.10: Da guys Jesus teaching come by him, an say, “How come you use stories fo teach da peopo
Mat 13.19: an take away da stuff dat da guy wen hear dat stay inside him.
Mat 13.20: guy dat hear da good kine stuff, an he trus wat God tell him right den an dea, an he stay good inside.
Mat 13.21: He stick wit um fo litto wile, but wen da odda guys make him suffa cuz he trus da stuff he wen hear, den he give up.
Mat 13.22: He like come rich, an dat throw him off da track, so all dat stuff choke da stuff God say dat
Mat 13.22: so all dat stuff choke da stuff God say dat was inside him.
Mat 13.25: But wen everybody sleeping, one guy dat stay agains him go ova dea wea da wheat seed stay planted, an plant weeds,
Mat 13.27: Da guys dat work fo da owna go by him an tell, ‘Eh boss, da seeds you wen plant inside da field,
Mat 13.36: Da guys he stay teaching wen come by him, an say, “Dat story bout da weeds inside da field, wat dat
Mat 13.58: awesome stuff ova dea fo show his power, cuz dey no trus him.
Mat 14.4: Cuz John wen tell him, “God's Rules say, ‘You not suppose to take yoa brudda's
Mat 14.5: So den, Herod wen like kill him, but den, he scared da peopo, cuz dey all tink John talk
Mat 14.12: Da guys dat John wen teach come an take his body, an bury him.
Mat 14.15: Wen da sun stay going down, his guys come by him an say, “Ho ka!
Mat 14.22: fo go inside da boat, an go da odda side a da lake befo him.
Mat 14.26: His guys spock him walking on top da water, an dey come scared an yell, “Eh,
Mat 14.31: Right den an dea Jesus put out his hand an grab him, an say, “How come you trus me ony litto bit?
Mat 14.33: Den da guys inside da boat go down in front him, an say, “Wow!”
Mat 14.35: an dey run all ova da place fo bring da sick peopo by him.
Mat 14.36: Dey beg him fo let da sick guys touch his clotheses.
Mat 15.4: too, ‘Da guy dat swear at his fadda o mudda, gotta kill him.
Mat 15.23: Den his guys come an beg him, “Eh, make her go way, cuz she stay following us an
Mat 15.25: But da wahine go down in front him, an say, “Boss, try help me!
Mat 15.30: Plenny peopo come by him, an dey bring da guys dat no can walk, da guys dat no can
Mat 15.32: Jesus tell his guys fo come by him, an he say, “Eh, I get pity fo dese peopo.
Mat 15.34: Dey tell him, “Seven small bread, an get litto bit fish.”
Mat 16.5: Jesus guys go come by him ova dea da odda side da lake.
Mat 16.21: dat goin make Jesus suffa, an dey da ones dat goin kill him.
Mat 16.22: Peter take him on da side an tell him, “Eh!
Mat 16.22: Peter take him on da side an tell him, “Eh!
Mat 17.1: Jesus wen take Peter, James, an James brudda John wit him up on top one big mountain wea neva have nobody.
Mat 17.2: Den, da same time dey stay looking at him, Jesus wen start fo look diffren in front dem.
Mat 17.5: I get plenny love an aloha fo him.
Mat 17.5: I feel real good inside cuz a him.
Mat 17.5: Eh, lissen to him!
Mat 17.10: Jesus guys aks him, “Eh, da teacha guys dat teach da Rules from God, how come
Mat 17.12: jalike Elijah wen come awready, an da peopo neva know who him.
Mat 17.14: One guy from ova dea wen go by him, an go down on his knees.
Mat 17.16: ova hea by da guys you stay teaching, but dey no can make him come good.
Mat 17.19: Jesus guys go by him wen neva have nobody, an aks him, “How come we no can
Mat 17.19: Jesus guys go by him wen neva have nobody, an aks him, “How come we no can throw um out?
Mat 17.22: Den all Jesus guys wen come togedda wit him, Galilee side, an Jesus wen tell um, “I da Guy Dass Fo
Mat 18.1: One nodda time da guys Jesus teaching come by him, an aks him, “From all da guys dat get God in da sky fo
Mat 18.1: One nodda time da guys Jesus teaching come by him, an aks him, “From all da guys dat get God in da sky fo dea King, who
Mat 18.6: stone from da mill, an tie um aroun da guy, den throw him inside da ocean fo drown!
Mat 18.15: Jesus say, “If yoa brudda do bad ting to you, go tell him wat he wen do.
Mat 18.16: no like lissen, take one o two odda guys wit you an tell him one mo time, cuz jalike da Bible wen say from befo time,
Mat 18.17: An if he no like lissen to dem, make to him jalike he from one a da peopos dat donno God, o jalike he
Mat 18.21: times my brudda can do bad tings to me, an I gotta let him go?
Mat 18.22: Jesus tell him, “No, not ony seven times, but seventy times seven.
Mat 18.23: get one king dat check out wat money his worka guys owe him.”
Mat 18.24: He sit down, an dey bring one worka guy by him dat owe um uku paila money.
Mat 18.25: But da worka guy no mo money fo pay him, so da king tell da odda worka guys, ‘Kay den.
Mat 18.25: Go sell da guy fo make him one slave, an sell his wife an his kids too, an everyting
Mat 18.27: Da king get pity fo him, so he let um go, an tell him, ‘No need pay notting.
Mat 18.27: Da king get pity fo him, so he let um go, an tell him, ‘No need pay notting.
Mat 18.28: worka guy go outside, an spock one nodda worka guy who owe him ony litto bit money.’
Mat 18.28: He grab him by da neck, an tell him, ‘Eh!’
Mat 18.28: He grab him by da neck, an tell him, ‘Eh!’
Mat 18.30: da odda guy inside da prison till he can pay wat he owe him.
Mat 18.34: He give da guy to da guards inside da prison fo torture him, till he pay everyting he owe.’
Mat 19.2: Had plenny peopo wen go by him, an he wen make da sick guys come good ova dea.
Mat 19.3: Had some Pharisee guys dat wen go by Jesus fo try trap him from wat he goin tell um.
Mat 19.3: Dey aks him, “Inside God's Rules, az right, o wat, fo one guy go throw
Mat 19.7: Dey aks him, “Den how come Moses wen tell, ‘Fo get one divorce, gotta
Mat 19.12: Whoeva can handle dis, let him do um.
Mat 19.13: Da peopo wen bring dea small kids by Jesus, cuz dey like him fo put his hands on top dea heads an pray.
Mat 20.1: da morning da owna go out fo look fo guys dat like work fo him on top his grape farm.
Mat 20.20: She go down in front him, cuz she like aks him fo do someting fo her.
Mat 20.20: She go down in front him, cuz she like aks him fo do someting fo her.
Mat 20.21: She tell him, “Bumbye wen you come King, try let my two boys sit by
Mat 20.27: whoeva like be numba one, he gotta do wat you guys tell him.
Mat 20.34: Right den an dea, dey can see, an dey wen go wit him.”
Mat 21.3: tell him, ‘Da Boss need um.
Mat 21.9: King David ohana, God goin do plenny good kine stuff fo him.
Mat 21.23: main pries guys an da older leadas fo da peopo wen go by him.
Mat 21.25: Dey say, “If we tell him, ‘God in da sky give um da right,’ he goin say, ‘How come
Mat 21.25: um da right,’ he goin say, ‘How come you guys neva believe him den?”
Mat 21.27: So dey tell him, “Eh, we donno.
Mat 21.31: Dey tell him, “Da first boy, fo shua.
Mat 21.32: an da wahines who fool aroun fo money, dey wen believe him.
Mat 21.32: No matta you wen see dat dose peopo wen believe him, you guys still yet neva believe him.
Mat 21.32: peopo wen believe him, you guys still yet neva believe him.
Mat 21.38: Come, we go kill him an take ova da farm.’
Mat 21.39: So dey grab da boy, an throw him outside da farm, an kill him.
Mat 21.39: So dey grab da boy, an throw him outside da farm, an kill him.
Mat 21.41: den he goin rent da field to some odda guys, who goin give him his share wen da time come.
Mat 21.44: trip an fall down on top dis stone, da stone goin broke him in plenny small pieces.
Mat 21.44: If dis stone fall down on top one guy, da stone goin make him jalike dust.
Mat 21.46: An dey like grab him fo put him inside prison.”]
Mat 21.46: An dey like grab him fo put him inside prison.”]
Mat 22.16: So den dey wen send da guys dey teaching fo go by him, an some King Herod guys too.
Mat 22.19: An dey wen show him.
Mat 22.24: So dey aks him, “Eh, Teacha!
Mat 22.33: All da peopo wen hear him teach dat, an wen blow dea minds.
Mat 22.35: One teacha who teach God's Rules wen aks him one question fo try catch um.
head: Da Spesho Guy God Wen Send, Whose Boy Him?
Mat 22.42: Da Spesho Guy God Wen Send, whose boy him?
Mat 22.46: From dat time, everybody scared fo aks him odda questions.”
Mat 23.12: An whoeva make himself small, God goin make him big.
Mat 23.13: But you guys no like get him fo yoa King too.
Mat 23.15: But afta he come one Jew, you guys make him two times mo worse den you guys, so he going Hell jalike
Mat 23.39: We like God do plenny good tings fo him!
Mat 24.3: Wen no mo odda guys dea, his guys go by him.
Mat 24.3: Dey aks him, “Wat time all dat kine stuff goin happen?
Mat 24.45: He da guy, da boss goin make him da luna in charge a his house an his ohana, so he can give
Mat 24.46: stay good inside if he stay doing jalike his boss wen tell him.
Mat 24.51: Den da boss goin bus him up, an throw him outside wit da bulaia kine guys who say
Mat 24.51: Den da boss goin bus him up, an throw him outside wit da bulaia kine guys who say one ting an do
Mat 25.6: Come outside fo meet him!
Mat 25.10: Da girls who was ready, dey wen go wit him to da wedding party.’
Mat 26.15: aks um, “Eh, how much money you guys goin give me if I set him up fo you guys?
Mat 26.15: So dey make one deal an give him thirty silva coins.
Mat 26.17: On da first day, Jesus guys wen go by him an aks um, “Wea you like us make da stuff ready fo you fo
Mat 26.25: Judas, da guy who goin set him up, he say, “Teacha, eh, fo shua you not talking bout me,
Mat 26.25: Jesus tell him, “Fo shua, you da guy.”
Mat 26.34: Jesus tell him, “You tink so?
Mat 26.35: But Peter tell him, “No way!
Mat 26.37: He take Peter an da two Zebedee boys wit him.
Mat 26.37: wen come real sore inside, an he get plenny stress inside him.”
Mat 26.47: Had plenny odda guys wit him.
Mat 26.52: Jesus tell him, “Put away yoa sword.
Mat 26.63: So da Head Priest guy tell him, “Eh, you!”
Mat 26.65: need mo plenny guys fo tell wat dey wen see an hear bout him, yeah?
Mat 26.67: Den dey spit on top Jesus face, an punch him, an some guys slap his head wit dea hand.”
Mat 26.69: Had one girl who work fo da Head Priest guy wen go by him, an say, “Eh, you was wit Jesus too, yeah?
Mat 26.71: an had one nodda girl dat work ova dea, she wen spock him.
Mat 27.2: Dey tie him up, take him away, an wen give him to Pilate, da governa.
Mat 27.2: Dey tie him up, take him away, an wen give him to Pilate, da governa.
Mat 27.2: Dey tie him up, take him away, an wen give him to Pilate, da governa.
Mat 27.3: da main pries guys an da older leadas dat wen give um to him befo.
Mat 27.4: But dey tell him, “Eh, no bodda us wit dat!
Mat 27.7: somebody come from far away, an mahke, an nobody know who him, we can bury um ova dea inside dat field.”
Mat 27.10: Dey talk wit da guy who make clay pots, an dey give him da coins fo his field, jalike da Boss wen tell me fo do.
Mat 27.11: Pilate aks him, “Eh, you da King fo da Jews, o wat?
Mat 27.11: Jesus tell him, “You da one wen say dat.
Mat 27.13: Pilate aks him, “You no hear all da stuff dey saying bout you?
Mat 27.16: All da peopo know bout him.
Mat 27.18: Now, Pilate know dat da leada guys wen give Jesus to him cuz dey so mad at Jesus, cuz everybody lissen to him, not
Mat 27.18: to him cuz dey so mad at Jesus, cuz everybody lissen to him, not dem.
Mat 27.19: on top da judge chair, an his wife wen send somebody by him fo say, “No bodda wit dat Jesus guy, cuz he neva do
Mat 27.19: I wen suffa plenny inside one dream cuz a him!
Mat 27.22: Dey all say, “Kill him on top one cross!”
Mat 27.23: But dey yell mo loud, “Kill him on top one cross!
Mat 27.26: guys fo let Barabbas go, an go whip Jesus, an den kill him on top one cross.”
Mat 27.28: Jesus clotheses an put one long red king kine robe on top him.
Mat 27.29: An dey go down in front him an make fun a him.
Mat 27.29: An dey go down in front him an make fun a him.
Mat 27.30: An dey spit on top him, an take da stick an wack him on top his head plenny
Mat 27.30: An dey spit on top him, an take da stick an wack him on top his head plenny times.
Mat 27.31: Wen dey was pau play wit him, dey take off da red robe an put his own clotheses back on
Mat 27.31: take off da red robe an put his own clotheses back on top him.”
Mat 27.31: Den dey wen take him outside fo kill him on top one cross.
Mat 27.31: Den dey wen take him outside fo kill him on top one cross.
Mat 27.35: Dey hang him on top da cross, an den dey throw dice, fo see wat guy
Mat 27.36: Den dey sit down an guard him.
Mat 27.38: Dey hang two prisona guys on top two crosses near him, one on da right side an da odda one on da left side.
Mat 27.39: Had some guys walking ova dea dat shake dea fingas at him an say, “Oh, fo shame!”
Mat 27.42: If he da King fo da Israel peopo, kay den, let him come down from da cross now!
Mat 27.42: Den we goin trus him!
Mat 27.43: So, let God get him outa dis stuff now, if God like him!
Mat 27.43: So, let God get him outa dis stuff now, if God like him!
Mat 27.44: An da prisona guys dat stay hanging dea near him, dey making fun a him too, jalike da odda guys.
Mat 27.44: guys dat stay hanging dea near him, dey making fun a him too, jalike da odda guys.
Mat 27.47: Some odda guys dat stay ova dea wen hear him, an tell, “Dis guy stay yelling fo Elijah fo come!”
Mat 27.49: We go see if Elijah goin come fo get him outa dis.
Mat 27.55: time, dey wen go wit Jesus from Galilee side, fo take care him.”
Mat 27.58: So Pilate tell his guys fo give him da body.
Mat 28.7: Dass da place wea you guys goin see him.
Mat 28.9: Dey go by him, an go down, an touch his feet, an dey give him plenny
Mat 28.9: Dey go by him, an go down, an touch his feet, an dey give him plenny love an respeck.
Mat 28.17: Wen dey wen see him ova dea, dey go down an give um plenny love an respeck.
Mrk 1.3: Make um strait fo him!
Mrk 1.7: I not even importan nuff fo go down an help him hemo his slippa from his foot.
Mrk 1.9: come from Nazaret town, Galilee side, an John wen baptize him inside da Jordan River.
Mrk 1.10: broke open, an wen spock God's Spirit coming down on top him, jalike one dove.
Mrk 1.13: Da Devil try presha him fo make him do bad kine stuff, but he neva.
Mrk 1.13: Da Devil try presha him fo make him do bad kine stuff, but he neva.
Mrk 1.13: had angel messenja guys from God dat wen come an take care him.
head: Jesus Tell Four Fisha Guys Fo Come Wit Him
Mrk 1.18: Right den an dea, dey wen leave dea nets an go wit him.
Mrk 1.20: Right den an dea he tell um fo come wit him.
Mrk 1.23: da Jewish church wit one bad spirit dat wen take ova him.
Mrk 1.34: cuz dey know who him.
Mrk 1.36: Simon dem wen go look fo him.
Mrk 1.37: Dey find him, an dey tell, “Eh, everybody stay looking fo you, you
Mrk 1.40: Had one lepa guy wen go by Jesus, an go down in front him an beg him.
Mrk 1.40: lepa guy wen go by Jesus, an go down in front him an beg him.
Mrk 1.41: Jesus wen look at him, an he pity him.
Mrk 1.41: Jesus wen look at him, an he pity him.
Mrk 1.45: da guy, he go outside an tell everybody wat wen happen to him.”
Mrk 1.45: An da peopo, dey stay come from all ova da place fo hear him.
Mrk 2.4: Get so plenny peopo, dey no can bring him near Jesus.
head: Jesus Tell Levi Come Wit Him An Be His Guy
Mrk 2.13: Plenny peopo come by him, an he wen teach um.
Mrk 2.14: Jesus tell him, “Eh!)
Mrk 2.14: Levi get up, an go wit him.
Mrk 2.25: guys neva read inside da Bible wat King David wen do wen him an his guys was hungry?”
Mrk 3.2: da guy come good on da Rest Day, cuz dey like poin finga him.
Mrk 3.7: Plenny peopo from Galilee wen go wit him.
Mrk 3.9: boat, so he can go inside um an den da peopo no can squash him.
Mrk 3.10: why all da odda sick peopo dea, dey go all out fo touch him.
Mrk 3.11: Weneva dey see Jesus, dey go down in front him, an yell, “You God's Boy!
Mrk 3.21: Wen Jesus ohana hear dat, dey wen go fo take him away.
Mrk 3.22: “Dis guy, da leada guy fo da bad kine spirits wen take ova him fo shua!”
Mrk 3.30: guys wen say, “He get one bad kine spirit dat wen take ova him.
Mrk 3.32: Get plenny peopo sitting aroun him, so his mudda an bruddas stay outside.
Mrk 3.32: Dey wen send one guy inside fo get him.
Mrk 3.32: Da peopo tell him, “Eh, yoa mudda an yoa bruddas an sistas, dey outside, an
Mrk 3.34: He look all da guys sitting aroun him, an say, “Look!
Mrk 4.1: Plenny peopo wen come aroun him, so he go inside one boat, an sit down dea.
Mrk 4.10: stay dea, an da twelve guys he was teaching, dey wen aks him wat da stories mean.
Mrk 4.17: But da guy, he jalike da plant dat no mo root inside him.
Mrk 4.17: But wen get trouble, o wen da peopo make him suffa cuz he wen trus da stuff he wen hear, da guy give up
Mrk 4.19: He like come rich, an all dat throw him off.
Mrk 4.19: dat stuff choke out all da tings God say dat was inside him.
Mrk 4.36: Dey wen leave all da peopo, an Jesus guys take him inside da boat.
Mrk 4.38: His guys wen go wake him up, an tell him, “Eh, Teacha!
Mrk 4.38: His guys wen go wake him up, an tell him, “Eh, Teacha!
Mrk 5.2: boat, one guy dat get one bad kine spirit dat wen take ova him wen come from da grave yard.
Mrk 5.3: Da bad spirit wen make him so strong, nobody can tie him up, not even wit chains.
Mrk 5.3: Da bad spirit wen make him so strong, nobody can tie him up, not even wit chains.
Mrk 5.6: Wen he see Jesus far away, he wen run an go down in front him.
Mrk 5.8: Jesus tell him, “Let go da guy, you bad kine spirit you!
Mrk 5.9: Den Jesus wen aks him, “Eh, wat yoa name?
Mrk 5.9: An da bad kine spirit tell him, “My name ‘Army,’ cuz us guys, we uku paila spirits!”
Mrk 5.15: befo get da uku paila bad kine spirits dat wen take ova him.
Mrk 5.20: way, an tell everybody in da Ten Towns wat Jesus wen do fo him.
Mrk 5.21: An plenny peopo wen come aroun him wen he still near da lake.
Mrk 5.23,42: Jesus, an wen go down on his knees by Jesus feet an beg him plenny, “Eh, my litto girl, her ony twelve years old, an
Mrk 5.24: Dey so plenny, dey wen push aroun him.
Mrk 5.27: Her wen hear bout Jesus, so her come in back a him wit all da peopo aroun him, an her touch his clotheses.
Mrk 5.27: Jesus, so her come in back a him wit all da peopo aroun him, an her touch his clotheses.
Mrk 5.30: Right den an dea, Jesus wen feel power go outa him.”
Mrk 5.32: Jesus stay looking aroun fo see who wen touch him.
Mrk 5.33: She wen go down by his feet, an wen tell him da whole story.
Mrk 5.35: Dey tell him, “Yoa litto girl wen mahke!
Mrk 5.37: He ony let Peter, James, an James brudda John, go wit him.
Mrk 5.40: An dey wen laugh at him.
Mrk 6.29: But John Da Baptiza Guy stay telling him, “You not suppose to steal yoa brudda's wife.
Mrk 6.29: So Herod wen bus John an throw him in jail.
Mrk 6.29: Herodias stay nuha wit John, an wen like kill him, but she no can.”
Mrk 6.29: John, he come all mix up, but still yet he like lissen to him.
Mrk 6.29: So da girl wen go inside real fast by da king an tell him, “I like you give me John Da Baptiza Guy's head on top one
Mrk 6.29: all da stuff Jesus stay doing, cuz everybody wen hear bout him.
Mrk 6.29: Dass why dis guy Jesus get power inside him fo do all dis awesome kine stuff.
Mrk 6.30: Dey wen tell him all da stuff dey wen do an teach da peopo.
Mrk 6.35: Wen da sun go down, Jesus guys come by him an say, “Wow!
Mrk 6.46: his guys fo go inside da boat, an go Betsaida town ahead a him.
Mrk 6.50: Wen dey spock him walking on top da water, dey tink he one ghost.
Mrk 6.56: An dey wen beg him come jus so da sick peopo can touch his clotheses.
Mrk 6.56: An all da peopo who wen touch him wen come good.
Mrk 7.10: dis too: ‘Whoeva swear at his fadda o mudda, gotta kill him.
Mrk 7.18: gotta figga dis way: Wateva go inside da guy no can make him pilau inside so he no can pray.
Mrk 7.20: say, “Da kine stuff dat come outa one guy, dass wat make him pilau inside so he no can pray.”
Mrk 7.26: wen hear bout Jesus, an right den an dea she wen go by him.”
Mrk 7.26: She wen go down by his feet, an beg him fo make da bad kine spirit let go her girl.
Mrk 7.33: Jesus take him by da side wea neva have nobody.
Mrk 8.1: Dey no mo food, so he tell his guys fo come by him.
Mrk 8.5: Dey tell him, “Seven small breads.”
Mrk 8.11: Dey like poin finga him, so dey say, “Do someting awesome lidat, so us guys can
Mrk 8.22: Some peopo wen bring one blind guy, an beg Jesus fo touch him.
Mrk 8.23: Jesus wen spit on da guy's eyes, an put his hands on top him, an tell him, “Wat you see now?
Mrk 8.23: on da guy's eyes, an put his hands on top him, an tell him, “Wat you see now?
Mrk 8.26: Den Jesus wen tell him, “Go home, but no go inside da town.
Mrk 8.32: Den Peter wen take him on da side an scold him.”
Mrk 8.32: Den Peter wen take him on da side an scold him.”
Mrk 8.34: Den he tell all da peopo an his guys fo come by him.
Mrk 9.2: Afta six days, Jesus wen take Peter, James, an John wit him up on top one big mountain wea neva have nobody.
Mrk 9.2: Den, da same time dey stay looking at him, Jesus wen start fo look diffren in front dem.
Mrk 9.7: I get plenny love an aloha fo him.
Mrk 9.7: Eh, lissen to him!
Mrk 9.11: Dey aks him, “Eh, da teacha guys who teach da Rules from God, how come
Mrk 9.12: Guy Dass Fo Real gotta suffa plenny, an da peopo goin make him like he notting?
Mrk 9.13: guy jalike Elijah wen come awready, an da peopo wen make him any kine, jalike da Bible say bout him.
Mrk 9.13: da peopo wen make him any kine, jalike da Bible say bout him.
Mrk 9.15: Dey wen run by him.
Mrk 9.18: I wen bring him ova hea by da guys you stay teaching fo dem make da spirit
Mrk 9.22: go throw da boy inside da fire o da water fo try kill him.”
Mrk 9.25: Let go him an no come back eva!
Mrk 9.32: da guys no undastan wat he wen say, an dey scared fo aks him wat dat mean.
Mrk 9.37: arms aroun da kid an say, “Whoeva take in one kid an make him jalike ohana cuz da kid my guy, he take me in an make me
Mrk 9.37: An dat mean he take in da One who wen send me too, an make him jalike ohana too.
Mrk 9.42: from da mill, an tie um aroun da guy's neck, den throw him inside da ocean fo drown!
Mrk 10.1: One mo time plenny peopo wen go by him, an he teach um jalike he everytime do.
Mrk 10.2: Some Pharisee guys come fo trap him.
Mrk 10.2: Dey aks him, “Dass right, o wat, inside da Rules, fo one guy go dump
Mrk 10.13: Da peopo wen bring dea small kids by Jesus, cuz dey like him fo put his hands on top dea heads an aks God fo do good
Mrk 10.17: Wen Jesus was starting fo go, one guy wen run up by him, an go down on his knees in front him, an say: ‘Eh,
Mrk 10.17: guy wen run up by him, an go down on his knees in front him, an say: ‘Eh, Teacha, you good.
Mrk 10.21: Jesus wen look at um, an get aloha fo him.
head: Wat James An John Aks Him
Mrk 10.44: like be da numba one guy, he gotta do wat you guys tell him.
Mrk 10.48: Had plenny peopo ova dea dat wen scold him an tell um fo shut his mout.
Mrk 10.49: Jesus stop an say, “Call him!
Mrk 11.8: fields, an put um down on top da road fo show respeck fo him.
Mrk 11.9: God goin do plenny good kine stuff fo him.
Mrk 11.18: Dey try figga out how dey can kill him.”
Mrk 11.18: Dey scared a him, cuz da tings he teach, blow da peopo's minds.
Mrk 11.24: you guys, wen you pray, everyting you aks God fo do, trus him jalike you get um awready, an dat goin be.’
Mrk 11.27: who teach God's Rules, an da older leada guys wen go by him.
Mrk 11.28: Dey aks him, “Eh, wat right you get fo do dis kine stuff?
Mrk 11.31: Dey say, “If we tell him, ‘God in da sky give um da right,’ he goin say, ‘How come
Mrk 11.31: um da right,’ he goin say, ‘How come you guys neva believe him den?”
Mrk 11.33: So dey tell him, “Eh, we donno.
Mrk 12.3: farma guys wen grab da worka guy, an bus um up, an throw him outside wit notting.
Mrk 12.4: Dey bus up his head an dey no shame fo make any kine to him.
Mrk 12.6: In da end he wen send him.
Mrk 12.7: Come, we kill him an take ova da grape farm.’
Mrk 12.8: So dey grab da boy an kill him, an throw him outside da grape field.
Mrk 12.8: So dey grab da boy an kill him, an throw him outside da grape field.
Mrk 12.12: Den da main pries dem was tinking how dey can bus him, cuz dey know he was talking bout dem.
Mrk 12.12: So dey go way from him.
Mrk 12.16: An dey wen show him.
Mrk 12.18: So dey aks him, “Eh, Teacha!
Mrk 12.28: So he aks him, “Eh, from all da Rules God wen give us, wat da main Rule?
Mrk 12.29: Jesus tell him, “Da main Rule dis: ‘Lissen, all you Israel peopo!
Mrk 12.32: wat you say, ‘God, he one God, an no mo odda God, ony him.”
Mrk 12.33: Us guys gotta get love an aloha fo him wit all our heart, an wit how we tink, an wit all our
Mrk 12.34: He tell him, “You stay near God, fo get him fo yoa King.”
Mrk 12.34: He tell him, “You stay near God, fo get him fo yoa King.”
head: Da Spesho Guy God Wen Send, Whose Boy Him?
Mrk 12.37: All da peopo wen hear him, an dey feel good inside.
Mrk 13.3: Peter, James, John, an Andrew come by him wen no mo odda guys dea.
Mrk 13.3: Dey aks him, “Wat time all dat kine stuff goin happen?
Mrk 14.1: dey trying fo find one way fo trick Jesus so dey can bus him an kill him.
Mrk 14.1: fo find one way fo trick Jesus so dey can bus him an kill him.
Mrk 14.11: Dey promise dey goin give him money.
Mrk 14.12: Jesus guys wen go by him an aks him, “Wea you like us make da stuff ready fo you fo
Mrk 14.12: Jesus guys wen go by him an aks him, “Wea you like us make da stuff ready fo you fo eat da
Mrk 14.13: Go wit him.
Mrk 14.19: Dey come real sad, an each guy tell him, “Boss, eh, fo shua you not talking bout me, yeah?
Mrk 14.30: Jesus tell him, “You tink so?
Mrk 14.31: But Peter tell him, “No way!
Mrk 14.33: He take Peter, James, an John wit him.
Mrk 14.33: wen come real sore inside, an he get plenny trouble inside him.”
Mrk 14.40: Dey neva know wat fo tell him.
Mrk 14.43: Had choke peopo wit him.
Mrk 14.44: Now Judas, da guy dat wen set him up, wen tell um befo time, “Da guy I goin kiss, az da guy.
Mrk 14.44: Grab him an tell da police guys fo take um!
Mrk 14.45: an wen kiss him.”
Mrk 14.46: Den da odda guys come an grab Jesus an take him.”
Mrk 14.52: Dey wen grab him, an he drop da lavalava an run away naked.
Mrk 14.55: leadas wen try find proof agains Jesus so dey can kill him, but dey neva find notting.
Mrk 14.56: Plenny peopo come an try bulai bout him, but dey say diffren stuff dat no check out.
Mrk 14.57: Den some guys stand up an bulai agains him.
Mrk 14.61: One mo time da Head Priest guy tell him, “Eh you!”
Mrk 14.63: need mo plenny guys fo tell wat dey wen see an hear bout him, yeah?
Mrk 14.65: Den some guys spit on top him, an dey cover his eyes wit one cloth, an punch him, an
Mrk 14.65: on top him, an dey cover his eyes wit one cloth, an punch him, an say, “Talk some moa!
Mrk 14.65: Da police guys take him an wack him too.”
Mrk 14.65: Da police guys take him an wack him too.”
Mrk 14.67: She look him real good, an say, “Eh, you was wit Jesus too, yeah?
Mrk 14.69: Da worka girl see him out dea, she tell da guys who was standing ova dea, “Hey!
Mrk 15.1: So dey tie him up, take him away, an wen give him to Pilate, da governa.
Mrk 15.1: So dey tie him up, take him away, an wen give him to Pilate, da governa.
Mrk 15.1: So dey tie him up, take him away, an wen give him to Pilate, da governa.
Mrk 15.2: Jesus tell him, “You da one wen say dat.
Mrk 15.4: So Pilate aks him one mo time, “You no goin say notting?”
Mrk 15.6: Any guy da peopo pick, Pilate let him go.
Mrk 15.8: All da peopo wen come by Pilate an tell him, “Eh, you goin do jalike you everytime do fo da Passova?
Mrk 15.10: Now, Pilate know dat da main pries guys wen give Jesus to him cuz dey so mad at Jesus, cuz everybody lissen to him an
Mrk 15.10: to him cuz dey so mad at Jesus, cuz everybody lissen to him an not dem.”
Mrk 15.13: Dey yell, “Kill him on top one cross!”
Mrk 15.14: But dey yell mo loud, “Kill him on top one cross!
Mrk 15.15: He tell da army guys fo whip Jesus an den kill him on top one cross.”
Mrk 15.17: Dey put one long red king kine robe on top him.
Mrk 15.19: An dey wack him on top his head wit one bamboo, an spit on top him.
Mrk 15.19: wack him on top his head wit one bamboo, an spit on top him.
Mrk 15.19: An dey go down in front him jalike dey showing respeck fo him.”
Mrk 15.19: An dey go down in front him jalike dey showing respeck fo him.”
Mrk 15.20: Wen dey was pau making fun a him, dey take off da red robe an put his own clotheses back on
Mrk 15.20: take off da red robe an put his own clotheses back on top him.
Mrk 15.20: Den dey take him outside fo kill him on top one cross.
Mrk 15.20: Den dey take him outside fo kill him on top one cross.
Mrk 15.21: So dey tell him he gotta carry Jesus cross.
Mrk 15.23: Dey try give him wine wit bitta stuff inside, but he no like.
Mrk 15.24: Dey hang him on top da cross wit nails, an den dey go throw dice, fo
Mrk 15.25: Dey hang him on top da cross bout nine clock in da morning.
Mrk 15.27: Dey hang two crook guys on top two crosses near him, one on da right side an da odda one on da left side.
Mrk 15.28: [Jalike da Bible say, “Dey wen make him jalike one crook.”
Mrk 15.29: Had some peopo dea dat shake dea finga at him an say, “Oh, fo shame!
Mrk 15.31: guys an da teachas dat teach God's Rules wen make fun a him too.
Mrk 15.32: Den we goin trus him!
Mrk 15.32: An da crook guys dat stay hanging dea near him on top da odda crosses, dey talk any kine to him too.
Mrk 15.32: dea near him on top da odda crosses, dey talk any kine to him too.
Mrk 15.35: Some odda guys dat stay ova dea wen hear him, an dey tell, “Lissen!”
Mrk 15.36: We go see if Elijah goin come fo get him outa dis.
Mrk 15.39: Da captain fo da army guys standing in front Jesus hear him yell an see how he wen mahke.
Mrk 15.41: time, dey wen go wit Jesus from Galilee side, fo take care him.
Mrk 15.41: Had plenny odda wahines who wen come wit him to Jerusalem.
Mrk 15.43: Everybody get respeck fo him.
Mrk 15.44: So he tell da captain fo come, an aks him if Jesus wen mahke fo shua.
Mrk 15.45: Da captain tell him dat Jesus wen mahke awready, so Pilate tell his guys fo
Mrk 15.47: from Magdala, an Mary, Joses mudda, dey wen see um put him dea.
Mrk 16.6: Dey wen kill him on top one cross.
Mrk 16.6: Try look da place dey wen put him.
Mrk 16.7: Dass da place wea you guys goin see him, jalike he wen tell you guys.
Mrk 16.10: So she go tell da peopo who was wit him befo, dat stay sad an crying, “Eh!
Mrk 16.14: He scold um, cuz dey neva trus him an dey so hard head, an dey neva like believe da odda
Mrk 16.14: head, an dey neva like believe da odda peopo who wen see him afta he wen come back alive.
Mrk 16.19: Afta Jesus da Boss pau talk to dem, God take him up inside da sky, an he sit down in da mos importan place
Luk 1.13: You goin name him John.
Luk 1.14: You goin stay real good inside cuz a him, an plenny peopo going stay good inside cuz he wen born.
Luk 1.15: God's Spesho Spirit goin take charge a him befo he born.
Luk 1.31: You goin name him ‘Jesus.
Luk 1.32: He goin be importan, An God goin call him ‘my Boy dat come from me, Da God Dass Mo Importan Den All
Luk 1.32: God da Boss goin make him one king Jalike King David, his ancesta guy.’
Luk 1.34: Mary aks him, “How dis can be?
Luk 1.35: An dat baby you goin get, God goin call him ‘Spesho Fo Me’ an ‘God's Boy’.
Luk 1.49: He stay spesho an good, dass wat kine God him.
Luk 1.50: He give da peopo chance dat show respeck fo him, From da granfaddas to da kids.
Luk 1.54: He stay help da Israel peopo dat work fo him.
Luk 1.59: Dey wen tink dey goin name him Zekariah jalike his fadda.
Luk 1.60: We goin name him ‘John.
Luk 1.62: dey wen make signs wit dea hands to his fadda, an wen aks him wat he like name da boy.’-”
Luk 1.66: An God's power stay wit him.
Luk 1.74: us, An from da power dey get, He goin help us work fo him an no be scared, So we can come spesho an right da way he
Luk 1.76: you goin go first, befo da Boss, Fo make da road ready fo him, Fo make da peopo know Dat he goin take dem outa da bad
Luk 1.80: till da day wen he wen come out an da Israel peopo wen see him.”
Luk 2.5: sign up wit Mary, da wahine da ohana wen promise fo marry him.
Luk 2.7: An she wen born her numba one boy, an wrap him up inside some cloths, an lay him down inside one ting fo
Luk 2.7: numba one boy, an wrap him up inside some cloths, an lay him down inside one ting fo hold da cows food, cuz no mo room
Luk 2.12: Dis how you goin know him.
Luk 2.22: come, Joseph an Mary wen take Jesus to Jerusalem fo bring him inside da Temple, in front da Boss.
Luk 2.23: down befo time, “Bring me every numba one boy fo make him spesho fo me.
Luk 2.25: An God's Spesho Spirit stay in charge a him.
Luk 2.26: God's Spirit wen show him dat he no goin mahke befo he see da Christ guy, da Spesho
Luk 2.27: God's Spirit wen tell him an he wen go inside da temple yard.
Luk 2.28: da boy Jesus inside fo do wat da Rules say, Simeon take him inside his arms an say good stuff bout God lidis: “Boss,
Luk 2.34: send dis boy, an plenny Israel peopo goin mess up cuz a him.
Luk 2.34: But plenny odda Israel peopo, dey goin come okay cuz a him.
Luk 2.34: Plenny peopo no goin like dat, an dey goin talk agains him.
Luk 2.40: He come akamai, an God wen do good tings fo him.
Luk 2.44: So dey wen go fo one day, an den dey wen start fo look fo him wit dea ohana an dea friends.
Luk 2.45: Dey neva find him, so dey wen go back to Jerusalem fo look fo him.
Luk 2.45: neva find him, so dey wen go back to Jerusalem fo look fo him.
Luk 2.48: His fadda an mudda was all shook up wen dey spock him, an his mudda wen tell him, “My boy, why you do dis to us?
Luk 2.48: was all shook up wen dey spock him, an his mudda wen tell him, “My boy, why you do dis to us?
Luk 2.52: An everybody wen tink good bout him, both God an da peopo.
Luk 3.2: Den God wen talk to him.
Luk 3.4: Make um strait fo him!
Luk 3.12: An dey aks him, “Teacha, wat we gotta do?”
Luk 3.14: Some army guys wen aks him, “An wat we gotta do?”
Luk 3.16: I not big nuff fo help him hemo his slippas from his feets.
Luk 4.1: God's Spesho Spirit stay in charge a him, an God's Spirit wen take him to da boonies.
Luk 4.1: Spirit stay in charge a him, an God's Spirit wen take him to da boonies.
Luk 4.3: Da Devil tell him, “So, wat?
Luk 4.5: Den da Devil take him up on top one high place, an show him all da diffren
Luk 4.5: Den da Devil take him up on top one high place, an show him all da diffren countries all ova da world in one second.”
Luk 4.6: An da Devil tell him, “All dis power an awesome stuff, dass mines, an I can
Luk 4.8: Jesus tell him, “Da Bible say, ‘Gotta go down on yoa knees An give plenny
Luk 4.8: plenny respeck to God yoa Boss, An live an work ony fo him.
Luk 4.9: Den da Devil take Jesus to Jerusalem an make him stand on top da high part a da tower on top da temple.”
Luk 4.12: But Jesus tell him, “Da Bible say, ‘God, he yoa Boss.
Luk 4.12: So no try presha him fo make him prove dat he God.’-”
Luk 4.12: So no try presha him fo make him prove dat he God.’-”
Luk 4.13: Wen da Devil was pau trying fo make him do all kine bad stuff, he go way from him till nex time.
Luk 4.13: trying fo make him do all kine bad stuff, he go way from him till nex time.
Luk 4.15: inside da Jewish churches, an everybody wen talk good bout him.
Luk 4.17: Da helpa guy wen give him da book from Isaiah, da guy dat wen talk fo God befo time.
Luk 4.20: All da peopo inside da Jewish church wen look at him.”
Luk 4.22: Everybody dat wen hear him wen talk good bout him.
Luk 4.22: Everybody dat wen hear him wen talk good bout him.
Luk 4.27: Ony Naaman, da foreigna guy from Syria, God wen make him come good.
Luk 4.28: da Jewish church wen come real huhu wen dey wen hear him talk good bout da foreigna guys.
Luk 4.29: Dey wen stand up, drag him outside da town, an take him on top da hill wea da town
Luk 4.29: Dey wen stand up, drag him outside da town, an take him on top da hill wea da town stay, fo throw him ova da
Luk 4.29: an take him on top da hill wea da town stay, fo throw him ova da cliff.”
Luk 4.33: da Jewish church wit one bad kine spirit dat wen take ova him.
Luk 4.35: Jesus wen scold him.
Luk 4.35: plenny in front dem, an wen let da guy go, an neva hurt him.
Luk 4.42: Da peopo wen go look fo him, an wen dey find him, dey wen try fo make him stay wit
Luk 4.42: Da peopo wen go look fo him, an wen dey find him, dey wen try fo make him stay wit dem.
Luk 4.42: go look fo him, an wen dey find him, dey wen try fo make him stay wit dem.
Luk 5.1: by Gennesaret Lake, an all da peopo wen try come close by him fo hear wat God say.
Luk 5.3: Jesus go inside Simon's boat, an tell him fo go out litto bit from da beach.
Luk 5.9: Simon an all da guys ova dea by him, wen blow dea minds, cuz dey wen catch so plenny fish.
Luk 5.12: he go down, an his face wen touch da groun, an he beg him, “Boss, if you like, you can make me come good, yeah?
Luk 5.14: Den Jesus wen tell him, “Make shua dat you no tell nobody bout dis.”
Luk 5.15: da stuff Jesus wen do, an plenny peopo wen come fo hear him, so he can make dem come good from all dea sick.
Luk 5.18: Dey wen try bring him inside da house fo put him in front Jesus.
Luk 5.18: Dey wen try bring him inside da house fo put him in front Jesus.
Luk 5.27: Jesus tell him, “Eh, come wit me, an be my guy!
Luk 6.3: neva read inside da Bible wat King David wen do, dat time him an his guys was hungry?”
Luk 6.13: Wen day time come he call all dem dat go wit him fo come.
Luk 6.17: Had plenny guys dea dat wen go wit him an plenny odda peopo from Jerusalem an all ova Judea, an
Luk 6.18: Dey wen come ova dea fo lissen to him, an so he can make um come good from all kine sick.
Luk 6.19: Everybody wen try fo touch him, cuz da power was coming outa him an make um all come
Luk 6.19: wen try fo touch him, cuz da power was coming outa him an make um all come good.
Luk 6.29: If one guy hit yoa right cheek, let him hit yoa left cheek too.
Luk 6.29: If one guy steal yoa coat, give him yoa shirt too.
Luk 6.30: you fo someting, an if one guy rip off yoa stuffs, no tell him fo give um back.
Luk 6.31: Do to da odda guy jalike you like him do to you.
Luk 6.35: Da Odda Gods, he everytime do good to da peopo dat no tank him an da peopo dat do real bad kine stuff.
Luk 6.37: Let da odda guy go, an no stay huhu wit him.
Luk 7.3: hear bout Jesus, an he send some older Jewish leadas by him, fo aks him fo come an make his worka guy come good.
Luk 7.3: Jesus, an he send some older Jewish leadas by him, fo aks him fo come an make his worka guy come good.
Luk 7.4: Wen dey come, dey beg him real hard.
Luk 7.4: So dass good if you can help him.
Luk 7.6: he come near da house, da captain send his friends fo tell him, “Boss, no bodda yoaself, cuz I not good nuff fo you fo
Luk 7.11: His guys an plenny odda peopo wen go wit him.
Luk 7.15: mahke guy wen sit up, an start fo talk, an Jesus wen give him back to his mudda.
Luk 7.18: He wen tell two a his guys fo come by him, an tell um fo go by da Boss Jesus an aks him, “Eh, you da
Luk 7.19: fo come by him, an tell um fo go by da Boss Jesus an aks him, “Eh, you da guy suppose to come, o wat?
Luk 7.33: why you guys say, ‘He get one bad kine spirit in charge a him!’
Luk 7.39: Wen da Pharisee guy dat wen aks him fo come wen see dat, he wen tink, “Eh, if dis guy was one
Luk 7.39: fo real kine, den he know wat kine wahine stay touching him, dat she one wahine dat do bad kine stuff.
Luk 7.40: Jesus wen tell him, “Simon, I like tell you someting.
Luk 7.41: One guy wen owe him five hundred dolla, an da odda guy fifty.”
Luk 7.42: Dey no can pay him back.
Luk 7.42: Which guy you tink goin get mo plenny love an aloha fo him?
Luk 7.43: Simon say, “I tink da guy dat wen owe him moa.’
Luk 8.1: Da Twelve Guys wen go wit him.
Luk 8.9: Da guys Jesus teach wen aks him, “Wat dis story mean?
Luk 8.19: Dat time Jesus mudda an bruddas wen come fo see him, but dey no can come near him cuz get choke plenny peopo
Luk 8.19: an bruddas wen come fo see him, but dey no can come near him cuz get choke plenny peopo ova dea.
Luk 8.27: town wen come dat get some bad kine spirits in charge a him.
Luk 8.30: He say dat cuz uku paila bad kine spirits wen take ova him.”
Luk 8.38: mo bad kine spirits now, he wen beg Jesus if he can go wit him, but Jesus tell him, “No, brah.
Luk 8.38: now, he wen beg Jesus if he can go wit him, but Jesus tell him, “No, brah.
Luk 8.39: da guy go way an tell all ova da town how Jesus wen help him plenny.
Luk 8.40: peopo feel good inside fo see um, cuz dey stay waiting fo him.
Luk 8.42: Wen Jesus stay going, get plenny peopo stay jamming him.
Luk 8.45: Everybody tell him, “Not me!
Luk 8.47: In front all da peopo she wen tell how come she wen touch him, an how quick time she wen come good.”
Luk 8.51: Peter, John, an James, an da fadda an mudda go inside wit him, an no odda peopo.”
Luk 8.53: An dey all wen laugh an make fun a him, cuz dey know she mahke.
Luk 9.10: Den he take dem wit him an dey go way by demself to Betsaida town.
Luk 9.12: Wen da sun stay going down, da twelve guys wen come by him an say, “Send all da peopo away so dey can go da small
Luk 9.18: wea neva have nobody, an ony his guys wen stay dea wit him.
Luk 9.26: I say, den me, da Guy Dass Fo Real, I goin be shame a him wen I come back.
Luk 9.28: one week lata, Jesus wen take Peter, John, an James wit him up one mountain fo pray.
Luk 9.32: wake up, dey see Jesus, an da two guys standing dea wit him.
Luk 9.33: Wen da two guys wen start fo go way from Jesus, Peter tell him, “You know wat, Boss?
Luk 9.35: Lissen to him!
Luk 9.39: Da bad kine spirit hurt him everytime, an no like let him go.
Luk 9.39: Da bad kine spirit hurt him everytime, an no like let him go.
Luk 9.42: Wen da boy stay coming, da bad spirit wen throw him down on top da groun an da boy shake all ova.
Luk 9.42: scold da bad spirit, an make da boy come good, an wen give him back to his fadda.”
Luk 9.47: know wat dey tinking, so he tell one small kid fo stand by him.
Luk 9.49: An we tell him fo no do dat, cuz he no come from us guys.
Luk 9.50: Jesus tell him an da odda guys, “No stop him, cuz whoeva not agains you,
Luk 9.50: Jesus tell him an da odda guys, “No stop him, cuz whoeva not agains you, dey fo you.
Luk 9.52: He send some messenja guys befo him so dey can get tings ready fo him.
Luk 9.52: some messenja guys befo him so dey can get tings ready fo him.
Luk 9.53: But da peopo ova dea, dey no like him fo stay dea, cuz he going Jerusalem, an dey no like
Luk 9.54: Wen his guys James an John see dat, dey aks him, “Boss, you like us tell God fo send down fire from da sky
Luk 9.57: Jesus dem stay walking down one road, an one guy tell him, “I going wit you wea eva you go.
Luk 9.58: Jesus tell him, “Da foxes get hole fo house, an da birds get nest.
Luk 10.1: guys dat he like send out two by two, so dey can go befo him, every town an place wea he goin go lata on.
Luk 10.6: If one guy wit good heart stay dea, you goin make him stay good inside.
Luk 10.15: town, you tink God goin take you up in da sky wit him, o wat?
Luk 10.22: An nobody know my Fadda fo real kine, ony me, I know him, an da peopo I like show him, dey know him too.
Luk 10.22: fo real kine, ony me, I know him, an da peopo I like show him, dey know him too.
Luk 10.22: ony me, I know him, an da peopo I like show him, dey know him too.
Luk 10.25: Rules wen stand up fo aks Jesus one question fo trick him.
Luk 10.30: Den had some guys dat wen jump him, rip him off, bus him up, an leave him dea fo mahke.
Luk 10.30: Den had some guys dat wen jump him, rip him off, bus him up, an leave him dea fo mahke.
Luk 10.30: Den had some guys dat wen jump him, rip him off, bus him up, an leave him dea fo mahke.
Luk 10.30: guys dat wen jump him, rip him off, bus him up, an leave him dea fo mahke.
Luk 10.32: one guy from da Levi ohana dat help da prieses, he spock him, an go da odda side too.
Luk 10.33: Samaria going dat road wen come wea da guy stay, spock him, an get pity fo him.
Luk 10.33: road wen come wea da guy stay, spock him, an get pity fo him.
Luk 10.34: He go by him, put olive oil an wine on top his cuts, an wrap um up.
Luk 10.34: He put da guy on top his own donkey, an bring him by da hotel, an take care him.
Luk 10.34: top his own donkey, an bring him by da hotel, an take care him.
Luk 10.35: an give um to da boss fo da hotel, an say, ‘Take care him, an wen I come back I give you wateva you wen pay.
Luk 10.37: Da teacha guy say, “Da guy dat wen show pity fo him.
Luk 11.4: you, Jalike we let da odda guy go, An we no stay huhu at him Fo all da bad kine stuff he do to us.
Luk 11.6: trip, an he wen come my house, an I no mo notting fo give him fo eat.’-”
Luk 11.8: Still yet, cuz you no shame, an you stay aksing him, he goin get up an give you everyting you need.
Luk 11.10: An da guy dat knock da door, da door goin open fo him.
Luk 11.13: give his Good an Spesho Spirit to you guys cuz you aks him fo um.
Luk 11.16: dem someting awesome from God in da sky fo make proof who him.”
Luk 11.22: But if one mo bigga moke come, an bus him up, he goin take away da knifes an clubs.
Luk 11.26: Den da spirit go get seven odda spirits mo worse den him, an dey all go take ova da guy, an stay dea.’
Luk 11.37: Wen Jesus pau talk, one Pharisee guy wen aks him fo come inside his house fo eat.
Luk 11.39: So da Boss Jesus tell him, “You know, you Pharisee guys, jalike you, you guys clean
Luk 11.53: God's Rules an da Pharisee guys wen start fo gang up on him, an try fo make him tell dem all kine stuff.
Luk 11.53: Pharisee guys wen start fo gang up on him, an try fo make him tell dem all kine stuff.
Luk 11.54: Dey like trick him wit wat he tell dem so dey can bus him.”
Luk 11.54: Dey like trick him wit wat he tell dem so dey can bus him.”
Luk 12.7: Fo him, you guys no need be scared, cuz you worth mo den plenny
Luk 12.13: Get plenny peopo ova dea, an one guy aks him, “Teacha, tell my brudda he gotta half half da stuff our
Luk 12.25: Wat one a you guys can worry ony, an dat make him stay alive one mo hour?
Luk 12.36: come knock da door, right den an dea dey open da door fo him.
Luk 12.42: wen say, “If get one luna guy dat smart an his boss trus him, dass da guy his boss goin put um in charge a da odda
Luk 12.43: goin stay good inside if he wen do wat da boss wen tell him fo do.”
Luk 12.44: An I like tell you guys dis: Da boss goin put him in charge all his stuffs.
Luk 12.47: like, an no get ready fo do um, an no do wat da boss like him fo do, his boss goin punish him real hard.
Luk 12.47: an no do wat da boss like him fo do, his boss goin punish him real hard.
Luk 12.48: um fo do, so he do someting bad, his boss goin ony punish him litto bit, cuz da guy neva know.
Luk 12.48: So, if God give you everyting you need fo work fo him, you betta do um good job fo him.
Luk 12.48: you need fo work fo him, you betta do um good job fo him.
Luk 12.58: wit one guy dat stay agains you, try fo make good wit him befo you go ova dea.
Luk 13.17: Wat he say, wen make all da guys dat stay agains him come shame.
Luk 13.23: One guy wen aks him, “Boss, ony litto bit peopo goin come outa da bad kine
Luk 13.23: Jesus tell him, “Make shua you try hard fo get God fo yoa King!
Luk 13.31: time, had some Pharisee guys dat wen come by Jesus an tell him.
Luk 13.35: da Boss Up Dea In Da Sky, an we like God do good tings fo him!
Luk 14.9: Den da boss fo da lu`au dat wen tell him an you fo come, he goin tell you, ‘Give dis guy yoa place.
Luk 14.31: ony ten tousand army guys goin sit down first an figga if him an his guys strong nuff fo fight da odda king an his guys,
Luk 15.15: boy wen go by one guy from dat country, an da guy wen send him out inside his fields, fo feed da pigs.
Luk 15.16: da pods da pigs was eating, an neva have nobody dat give him notting!
Luk 15.20: “He still far from da house wen his fadda wen spock him.’
Luk 15.20: He hug his boy an kiss him.
Luk 15.22: Go get one robe, da bestes one, an put um on him.
Luk 15.27: guys fo kill da bestes young cow, cuz yoa fadda wen take him in, an everyting okay now!
Luk 15.28: So da fadda guy go outside an beg him fo come inside.
Luk 15.30: home, right den an dea you kill da bestes young cow fo him, an den!
Luk 16.8: wen do stuff dass not right befo, now da boss talk good to him bout dis smart ting he wen do.
Luk 16.10: Whoeva do da small kine stuff he suppose to, you can trus him fo do da big kine stuff he suppose to.’
Luk 16.10: no do da right ting fo da small kine stuff, you can trus him fo no do da right ting fo da big kine stuff.
Luk 16.13: “Da worka guy no can work, an two boss guys own him same time.
Luk 16.14: Wen dey hear all da stuff Jesus wen say, dey make fun a him.”
Luk 16.20: Had one begga guy name Lazarus dat get sores all ova him.
Luk 16.20: Every day his friends wen put him down by da rich guy's gate.
Luk 16.22: “Bumbye da begga guy wen mahke an da angel guys carry him by Abraham's side wit God.
Luk 16.22: An da rich guy mahke too, an dey bury him.
Luk 17.2: take one big stone, tie um aroun da guy's neck, den throw him inside da deep ocean fo drown, so he no can make even one
Luk 17.3: if he come really sorry an pau do um, den no stay huhu wit him, but let him go.
Luk 17.3: sorry an pau do um, den no stay huhu wit him, but let him go.
Luk 17.4: ‘I really sorry, an I pau do dat,’ den no stay huhu wit him, but let him go.
Luk 17.4: sorry, an I pau do dat,’ den no stay huhu wit him, but let him go.
Luk 17.5: Da guys da Boss Jesus like send all ova tell him, “Help us trus God moa.
Luk 17.12: He go inside one small town, an ten lepa guys wen come by him.
Luk 17.16: He throw himself down by Jesus feet, an tell him “Mahalo plenny!
Luk 18.3: ova dea inside dat town dat stay come by da judge fo beg him, ‘Please, make tings right fo me!
Luk 18.7: make tings right fo da ones he wen pick, wen dey stay beg him day an nite?’-”
Luk 18.15: peopo wen bring dea small kids by Jesus, cuz dey like fo him put his hands on top dea heads an pray fo dem.
Luk 18.18: One leada guy wen tell him, “Teacha, you good.
Luk 18.19: Jesus tell him, “How come you say I good?
Luk 18.22: Wen Jesus hear dat, he tell him, “Ony one mo ting you neva do dat you gotta do.
Luk 18.24: Jesus look at him an say, “Az why hard fo one rich guy fo get God fo his
Luk 18.26: Da peopo dat wen hear him, dey say, “If dass how gotta be, who can get outa da bad
Luk 18.37: Dey tell him, “Jesus from Nazaret stay pass.
Luk 18.39: Da peopo in front scold him an tell him fo shut up.
Luk 18.39: Da peopo in front scold him an tell him fo shut up.
Luk 18.40: Jesus wen stop an tell da peopo fo bring da blind guy by him.
Luk 18.40: Wen he wen come near, Jesus tell him, “Wat you like me do fo you?”
Luk 18.42: Den Jesus tell him, “See den!”
Luk 18.43: all da peopo see dat, dey wen tank God an talk good bout him.”
Luk 19.6: So Zaccheus come down real fast, an take him inside his house.
Luk 19.9: Today God take him outa all da bad kine stuff he doing.”
Luk 19.15: He tell his worka guys fo come by him, da guys he wen give da money.
Luk 19.17: Da king tell him, ‘You wen do good.
Luk 19.19: Da king tell him, ‘You goin take charge a five towns.’
Luk 19.31: tell him, ‘Da Boss need um.
Luk 20.1: teach God's Rules, an da older leadas fo da peopo go by him.
Luk 20.2: Dey aks him, “Wat right you get fo do dis kine stuff?
Luk 20.10: worka guy by da guys dat rent his farm, so dey can give him some grapes.
Luk 20.11: He send anodda worka guy, an dey bus him up too, an dey no shame fo make any kine to him, an send
Luk 20.11: an dey bus him up too, an dey no shame fo make any kine to him, an send um away wit notting.
Luk 20.12: Dey bus him up an make um bleed, an throw um outside.
Luk 20.13: Fo shua, dey goin show respeck fo him!
Luk 20.14: But wen da guys dat rent da farm spock him, dey tell each odda, ‘Eh, dis da owna's boy.
Luk 20.14: Come, we go kill him.
Luk 20.15: So dey throw him outside da grape farm an kill him.
Luk 20.15: So dey throw him outside da grape farm an kill him.
Luk 20.20: Dey send some guys fo watch him.
Luk 20.20: Dey like trick Jesus wit wat he say, so dey can turn him ova to da leada guys an to da governa who get power.
Luk 20.21: So da guys dat stay watching him tell him, “Eh, Teacha, we know dat you talk strait an wat
Luk 20.21: So da guys dat stay watching him tell him, “Eh, Teacha, we know dat you talk strait an wat you say
Luk 20.23: But Jesus know dey smart an trying fo trick him, so he tell um, “Show me one coin.
Luk 20.26: Dey no can trick him wit wat he say in front da peopo.”
Luk 20.27: Some a dem Sadducee guys wen come by Jesus an aks him, “Eh, Teacha, Moses wen write fo us inside da Bible, dat
Luk 20.35: But God say some peopo get um right wit him.”
Luk 20.40: An nobody aks him mo stuff.”
Luk 20.44: Kay den, David call him ‘My Boss,’ yeah?
Luk 21.7: Jesus guys wen aks him, “Teacha, wat time all dat kine stuff goin happen?
Luk 21.38: An real early in da morning da peopo come fo hear him teach inside da temple yard.
Luk 22.10: Go wit him inside one house, an tell da guy dat own da house, “Da
Luk 22.27: Da guy dat stay sit by da table o da guy dat bring him da food?
Luk 22.37: you, da place inside da Bible dat say, ‘Dey wen put him wit da crooks,’ dass da way gotta happen to me.
Luk 22.41: down by himself, go down on his knees, an aks God fo help him like dis: “Fadda, if you like, no let me suffa lidis.
Luk 22.43: da Boss Up Dea Inside Da Sky show up by Jesus an kokua him.
Luk 22.47: He come by Jesus fo kiss him.
Luk 22.48: But Jesus tell him, “Judas, I da Guy Dass Fo Real.
Luk 22.51: An he wen touch da guy's ear an make him come good.
Luk 22.52: temple guards, an da older leadas dat come ova dea fo take him, “You guys tink I one crook o wat?”
Luk 22.54: Afta dey bus Jesus, dey take him away inside da Head Priest guy's house.
Luk 22.56: She look strait at him, an tell da odda guys, “Dis guy was wit Jesus!
Luk 22.61: Den Peter rememba wat da Boss wen tell him, “Befo da roosta make noise tonite, you goin say three
Luk 22.64: eyes wit one rag, an give um plenny false crack, an tell him, “Eh, you one talka fo God, yeah?
Luk 22.65: An dey talk any kine to him.
Luk 22.71: Den dey say, “No need mo guys fo talk agains him!”
Luk 23.8: good inside wen he spock Jesus, cuz Herod wen hear bout him an like see him from long time.
Luk 23.8: he spock Jesus, cuz Herod wen hear bout him an like see him from long time.
Luk 23.11: an his army guys make fun a Jesus, an show dat dey hate him.
Luk 23.11: Dey put one fancy robe on top him, an send him back to Pilate.
Luk 23.11: Dey put one fancy robe on top him, an send him back to Pilate.
Luk 23.14: I wen aks him plenny stuff in front you, an I no find notting wrong like
Luk 23.14: I no find notting wrong like you guys say, fo poin finga him.
Luk 23.15: An Herod, he neva find notting fo poin finga him too.
Luk 23.15: He wen send him back.
Luk 23.22: So I goin tell my army guys fo whip him an let him go.
Luk 23.22: So I goin tell my army guys fo whip him an let him go.
Luk 23.25: An he give Jesus to dem so dey can do wat dey like to him.
Luk 23.26: Da army guys wen grab him, put da cross on top him, an make him carry um behind
Luk 23.26: Da army guys wen grab him, put da cross on top him, an make him carry um behind Jesus.
Luk 23.26: army guys wen grab him, put da cross on top him, an make him carry um behind Jesus.
Luk 23.32: Dey take two crook guys wit him.’
Luk 23.33: Dey hang Jesus on top da cross fo kill him dea.
Luk 23.35: Da leada guys fo da Jews make fun a him.
Luk 23.36: Da army guys make fun a him too.
Luk 23.36: Dey come by him an like give him da cheap kine wine fo drink.”
Luk 23.36: Dey come by him an like give him da cheap kine wine fo drink.”
Luk 23.39: One crook guy dat hanging dea talk any kine to him.
Luk 23.40: But da odda crook guy scold him, an say, “Eh, you no scared God, o wat?
Luk 23.40: Dey wen say you gotta mahke, too, jalike him.”
Luk 23.43: Jesus tell him, “Eh, you get um!”
Luk 23.47: How come dey wen kill him?
Luk 23.49: dat wen know Jesus, an da wahines dat wen come dea wit him all da way from Galilee side, dey standing far away,
Luk 23.51: He trus God, an stay waiting fo him fo come King.
Luk 23.52: He go in front Pilate, an aks him fo Jesus body.
Luk 23.53: He take Jesus down from da cross, wrap him up inside one linen cloth, an put him inside one cave
Luk 23.53: from da cross, wrap him up inside one linen cloth, an put him inside one cave somebody wen cut inside da rock fo bury
Luk 24.16: But he neva let um know who him.
Luk 24.18: One a dem, name Cleopas, tell him, “You must be da ony guy inside Jerusalem dat donno all da
Luk 24.20: Da main pries guys an our leada guys wen turn him in fo mahke.
Luk 24.20: Den dey wen kill him on top one cross.
Luk 24.27: An den Jesus teach dem everyting da Bible wen say bout him from befo time.
Luk 24.29: But dey tell him, “Stay hea wit us, cuz pau hana, an dark awready.
Luk 24.34: Simon wen see him!
Luk 24.35: tell um wat wen happen by da road, an dat dey wen know him wen he broke da bread.
Luk 24.42: Dey give him one cook fish.
Jhn 1.1: “God's Talk,” dass who him.
Jhn 1.2: Dass da Guy, da time everyting had start, him an God stay togedda.
Jhn 1.4: da Guy, if you like come alive fo real kine, you come by him, cuz dat kine life come from him.
Jhn 1.4: fo real kine, you come by him, cuz dat kine life come from him.
Jhn 1.7: wat he know bout God's light, so dey can trus God cuz a him.
Jhn 1.10: But da peopo inside da world, dey neva know who him.
Jhn 1.11: wen come his own country, but even his own peopo neva take him in.
Jhn 1.12: But everybody dat take him in an trus him, God give dem da right fo come his kids,
Jhn 1.12: But everybody dat take him in an trus him, God give dem da right fo come his kids, cuz dey know who
Jhn 1.12: God give dem da right fo come his kids, cuz dey know who him.
Jhn 1.18: No mo odda guy jalike him cuz he God too.
Jhn 1.21: Dey aks him, “Den who you?
Jhn 1.22: Dey tell him, “Kay den.”
Jhn 1.23: Make um strait fo him!”
Jhn 1.25: Dem guys aks him, “Kay den.’-”
Jhn 1.26: Anodda guy stay hea wit you guys, but you guys donno who him.”
Jhn 1.27: I wen start fo teach first befo him, but I not spesho nuff even fo help him hemo his slippa.
Jhn 1.27: teach first befo him, but I not spesho nuff even fo help him hemo his slippa.
Jhn 1.29: Da nex day John spock Jesus coming by him, an he say, “Eh, you guys, try look da guy ova dea!
Jhn 1.31: I neva know who him befo time.
Jhn 1.31: But I stay hea so da Israel peopo can know who him.’
Jhn 1.33: Dat time I wen see one guy, an I neva know who him.
Jhn 1.36: Wen John spock Jesus walking by him, he say, “Look!
Jhn 1.37: Da two guys hear him say dat, an dey go wit Jesus.
Jhn 1.38: Jesus turn aroun an see dem going wit him.”
Jhn 1.39: So dey go wit him an see wea he stay, an dey stay dea wit him dat day.’)
Jhn 1.39: So dey go wit him an see wea he stay, an dey stay dea wit him dat day.’)
Jhn 1.41: Da first ting, Andrew find his brudda Simon an tell him, “We wen find da Messiah.
Jhn 1.43: He find Philip an tell him, “Eh, come wit me, an be my guy.
Jhn 1.45: Philip find Natanael an tell him, “We wen find da Guy dat Moses wen write bout in da book
Jhn 1.45: guys dat wen talk fo God long time ago, dey wen write bout him too.
Jhn 1.47: Jesus see Natanael coming by him, an he say, “Dis guy one fo real Israel guy.”
Jhn 1.47: No mo notting fake inside him!”
Jhn 1.49: Den Natanael tell him, “Teacha, you God's Boy fo real kine!”
Jhn 1.50: Jesus wen tell him, “You trus me jus cuz I tell you dat I wen see you
Jhn 1.51: Den he tell him, “Dass right!
Jhn 2.3: Den Jesus mudda tell him, “Dey no mo wine, you know.
Jhn 2.11: show how awesome he stay, an da guys he teaching wen trus him.”
Jhn 2.18: Den da Jewish leada guys tell him, “Wat awesome ting you goin do fo show us dat you get da
Jhn 2.20: Den da Jewish guys tell him, “Ho!”
Jhn 2.23: fo da Passova religious time, plenny peopo wen trus him, cuz dey wen see all da awesome stuff he do fo show who
Jhn 2.23: cuz dey wen see all da awesome stuff he do fo show who him.
Jhn 3.2: One nite he wen go by Jesus an tell him, “Teacha, we know dat you one teacha who come from God,
Jhn 3.2: us da kine awesome stuff dat you doing, if God no stay wit him.
Jhn 3.3: Jesus tell him, “Dass right!
Jhn 3.4: Nicodemus tell him, “How one old guy can get born again?
Jhn 3.5: Jesus tell him, “Dass right!
Jhn 3.9: Nicodemus go aks him, “How can be?
Jhn 3.10: Jesus tell him, “You da main teacha fo da Israel peopo, an you no
Jhn 3.26: dea, da odda side da Jordan River, an you wen tell us bout him?
Jhn 3.28: Spesho Guy God Goin Send, but God wen send me first, befo him.”
Jhn 3.34: send tell wat God say, cuz God no hold back wen God give him his Spirit.
Jhn 3.35: He wen give him da power ova everyting.
Jhn 4.9: Da wahine from Samaria tell him, “How come you aks me fo one drink water?
Jhn 4.12: Him, his kids, an his cows even wen drink water from da puka.
Jhn 4.14: But whoeva go drink da kine water I goin give him, dey no goin eva come thirsty again.”
Jhn 4.15: Da wahine tell him, “Mista, give me dat kine water!
Jhn 4.22: go down in front somebody an pray, but you guys donno who him.
Jhn 4.22: peopo, we go down in front God an pray, an we know who him.
Jhn 4.23: go down an pray to da Fadda fo real kine, dey goin give him plenny love an respeck, cuz dey stay tight wit God's
Jhn 4.23: Dass da kine peopo da Fadda like fo give him plenny love an respeck.
Jhn 4.24: So den, da peopo dat give him plenny love an respeck gotta do um cuz dey stay tight wit
Jhn 4.31: Same time Jesus guys was begging him, “Teacha, come eat!”
Jhn 4.33: Somebody wen bring him food, o wat?”
Jhn 4.40: So wen da Samaritan peopo wen come by Jesus, dey beg him, “Come stay wit us!
Jhn 4.41: Den plenny odda peopo wen trus him, cuz dey wen hear wat he say.”
Jhn 4.42: But now we trus him cuz we hear him ourself, an we know fo shua dat dis da Guy
Jhn 4.42: But now we trus him cuz we hear him ourself, an we know fo shua dat dis da Guy who can take
Jhn 4.45: So wen he come Galilee, da peopo from dea wen give him all dea aloha.
Jhn 4.47: So he wen go Cana town by Jesus, an beg him fo make his boy come good, cuz da boy litto mo mahke.
Jhn 4.48: Jesus tell him, “If you guys no see me show you all kine awesome stuff,
Jhn 4.50: Jesus tell him, “Go home.”
Jhn 4.51: Wen he stay going home, his worka guys wen come an tell him, “Yoa boy, he stay live!”
Jhn 4.53: Da fadda wen know dat da same time wen Jesus wen tell him, “No worry.”
Jhn 4.53: Den him an all his ohana wen trus Jesus.
Jhn 5.6: Jesus see him lying dea.]
Jhn 5.6: So he aks him, “You like come good?
Jhn 5.7: Da sick guy tell him, “Mista, I no mo nobody fo put me inside wen da water
Jhn 5.8: Jesus tell him, “Get up!
Jhn 5.12: Dey aks him, “Who da guy dat wen tell you fo take yoa mat an walk?
Jhn 5.15: go way an tell da Jewish leada guys dat was Jesus wen make him come good.
Jhn 5.18: Dass why da Jewish leada guys wen try mo hard fo kill him, cuz he wen broke da Rules bout da Rest Day.
Jhn 5.23: respeck fo me, cuz I his Boy, jalike dey get respeck fo him.
Jhn 5.37: But you guys neva hear him o see him.
Jhn 5.37: But you guys neva hear him o see him.
Jhn 5.43: to dis world cuz my Fadda wen give me da right fo come fo him.
Jhn 5.44: Den how you guys goin trus him?
Jhn 6.2: Plenny peopo wen go wit him, cuz dey wen see all da awesome stuff he wen do fo show
Jhn 6.2: cuz dey wen see all da awesome stuff he wen do fo show who him, wen he wen make plenny sick peopo come good.
Jhn 6.5: Jesus look up an see plenny peopo coming by him.
Jhn 6.7: Philip tell him, “Somebody gotta work mo den two hundred days fo get nuff
Jhn 6.14: da peopo see dis awesome ting Jesus wen do fo show who him, dey say, “Fo shua dis da Guy who goin come inside da
Jhn 6.15: Jesus wen know dat da peopo goin come fo grab him fo make him come king.
Jhn 6.15: Jesus wen know dat da peopo goin come fo grab him fo make him come king.
Jhn 6.21: Den dey let him come inside da boat.
Jhn 6.24: wen go inside da odda boats, an go Capernaum fo look fo him.
Jhn 6.25: Dey find Jesus on da odda side da lake, an dey aks him, “Eh, Teacha!
Jhn 6.28: Dey tell him, “Kay den!
Jhn 6.34: Dey tell him, “Mista, give us dis kine bread, an no stop eva!
Jhn 6.41: Dass why da Jewish guys wen start fo grumble bout him, cuz he wen say, “I jalike da bread dat can make da peopo
Jhn 6.45: wen lissen to da Fadda, an learn da good kine stuff from him, dey goin come by me an be my guys.
Jhn 6.46: No mo any odda guy who wen eva see him.
Jhn 6.64: wen say dat cuz he wen know from da start who no trus him, an who goin set up him.
Jhn 6.64: wen know from da start who no trus him, an who goin set up him.
Jhn 6.66: befo, but some a dem wen go back, an neva like go wit him no moa.
Jhn 6.68: Den Simon Peter tell him, “Boss, wea we goin go?
Jhn 7.1: Judea, cuz da Jewish leada guys ova dea stay looking fo him, fo kill him.
Jhn 7.1: da Jewish leada guys ova dea stay looking fo him, fo kill him.
Jhn 7.3: Den Jesus bruddas tell him, “Go way from hea, an go Judea side, so da peopo you wen
Jhn 7.4: If one guy like everybody know bout him, he no goin do stuff wea nobody can see him, yeah?
Jhn 7.4: know bout him, he no goin do stuff wea nobody can see him, yeah?
Jhn 7.5: You know, even Jesus bruddas neva trus him.
Jhn 7.11: Den da Jewish leada guys, dey stay looking fo him at da spesho religious time.
Jhn 7.12: All da peopo stay talking bout him to each odda.
Jhn 7.13: But nobody talk loud bout him, cuz dey scared da Jewish leada guys.
Jhn 7.18: But if one guy like peopo fo tink dat da one who wen send him stay awesome, dat guy stay telling da trut.
Jhn 7.25: Dis da guy dey stay looking fo, cuz dey like kill him, yeah?
Jhn 7.26: He stay talking hea in front everybody, an nobody tell him fo shut his mout.
Jhn 7.28: But you guys donno him.
Jhn 7.29: But I know him, cuz I wen come from him, an he wen send me hea.
Jhn 7.29: But I know him, cuz I wen come from him, an he wen send me hea.
Jhn 7.30: Den dey wen try fo take him, but nobody wen grab him, cuz not time yet.
Jhn 7.30: Den dey wen try fo take him, but nobody wen grab him, cuz not time yet.
Jhn 7.31: But plenny peopo dat stay dea wen trus him.”
Jhn 7.31: Guy come, you tink he goin do mo awesome stuff fo show who him den dis guy?
Jhn 7.32: pries guys wen send da police guys from da temple fo bus him.
Jhn 7.35: tell each odda, “Wea dis bugga going, an we no can find him?
Jhn 7.40: Plenny peopo wen hear him say dat.
Jhn 7.44: Some guys wen like grab him an bus him, but nobody wen touch him.”
Jhn 7.44: Some guys wen like grab him an bus him, but nobody wen touch him.”
Jhn 7.44: guys wen like grab him an bus him, but nobody wen touch him.”
Jhn 7.45: How come you guys neva bring him hea?
Jhn 7.48: You know, no mo leada guys o Pharisee guys dat trus him.
Jhn 7.52: Dey tell him, “Wot!
Jhn 7.52: You no come from Galilee jalike him!”
Jhn 8.4: Dey tell him, “Teacha, we wen find dis wahine fooling aroun wit anodda
Jhn 8.6: Dey say dat fo see wat he goin say, cuz dey like catch him fo bus him.’
Jhn 8.6: dat fo see wat he goin say, cuz dey like catch him fo bus him.’
Jhn 8.7: So wen dey stay aks him ova an ova, he stand up strait an tell um, “If get one a
Jhn 8.13: Da Pharisee guys tell him, “Eh!
Jhn 8.15: You guys figga how one guy stay from looking at him on da outside.
Jhn 8.20: An nobody bus him, cuz not time yet fo dat.”
Jhn 8.25: So dey aks him, “Eh, who you?
Jhn 8.26: ony tell da peopo inside da world da stuff I wen hear from him.
Jhn 8.30: Wen he wen say all dat, plenny peopo wen trus him.
Jhn 8.31: Den Jesus tell da Jewish peopo dat wen trus him, “If you guys stick wit me an da stuff I teaching you, den
Jhn 8.33: Dey tell him, “Ho!
Jhn 8.35: Ony da boss's boy, he stay wit him foeva.
Jhn 8.39: Dey tell him, “Us guys, eh, Abraham our fadda!
Jhn 8.41: Dey tell him, “Eh, us guys ony get one fadda, an he God!
Jhn 8.44: He no like da trut, cuz no mo notting true inside him.
Jhn 8.48: Da Jewish leada guys tell him, “Az right wat we saying!
Jhn 8.52: Den da Jewish leada guys tell him, “Ho!
Jhn 8.55: But you guys neva know him.
Jhn 8.55: I know him.
Jhn 8.55: If I wen say dat I donno him, den I bulai, jalike you guys.
Jhn 8.55: But I know him, an I do wat he say.
Jhn 8.57: Da Jewish leada guys tell him, “Eh!
Jhn 9.2: Da guys Jesus stay teaching wen aks him, “Eh, Teacha!
Jhn 9.3: Jesus tell dem, “Not even him o his fadda o mudda.
Jhn 9.7: Den Jesus tell him, “Go, wash yoa face inside da Siloam water place.
Jhn 9.8: peopo dat stay live near da guy, an da oddas dat wen see him beg befo, dey say, “Eh, dis da guy dat wen sit an beg
Jhn 9.9: He ony look like him.”
Jhn 9.10: So dey aks him, “How come you can see now?
Jhn 9.12: Dey aks him, “Wea he stay?’
Jhn 9.15: So da Pharisee guys wen aks him, “Eh, how come you can see?
Jhn 9.16: can one bad kine guy do da kine awesome stuff dat show who him?”
Jhn 9.21: we donno how come he can see now, o who da guy wen make him see.
Jhn 9.21: Go aks him.
Jhn 9.22: dat Jesus da Christ, da Spesho Guy from God, we goin throw him outa da Jewish church.”
Jhn 9.23: Go aks him.”
Jhn 9.26: Dey aks him, “Wat he wen do to you?
Jhn 9.28: Den dey talk bad to him, an say, “You his guy, an you lissen to him.
Jhn 9.28: talk bad to him, an say, “You his guy, an you lissen to him.
Jhn 9.31: But he lissen to da guys dat get respeck fo him an do wat he like.”
Jhn 9.34: Dey tell him, “Eh, you ony do da bad kine stuff from da time you wen
Jhn 9.34: Den dey wen throw him outa da Jewish church.
Jhn 9.35: guy outa da Jewish church, so he go find da guy, an tell him, “You trus da Guy Dass Fo Real?
Jhn 9.36: Da guy say, “Who him, Mista?
Jhn 9.36: Tell me, so I can trus him.”
Jhn 9.37: Jesus tell him, “You wen see him awready.
Jhn 9.37: Jesus tell him, “You wen see him awready.
Jhn 9.39: Jesus tell him, “I wen come inside dis world fo show who do da bad kine
Jhn 10.4: take um outside, he go in front dem, an da sheeps go wit him, cuz dey know his voice.
Jhn 10.20: Da bugga get bad kine spirit in charge a him, an he pupule!
Jhn 10.20: How come you guys stay lissen to him?
Jhn 10.21: One guy wit one bad kine spirit in charge a him no talk lidis!”
Jhn 10.24: Da Jewish leada guys wen come aroun him an tell him, “Eh, how long you goin make us guys wait?
Jhn 10.24: Da Jewish leada guys wen come aroun him an tell him, “Eh, how long you goin make us guys wait?
Jhn 10.31: leada guys wen pick up stones fo throw um at Jesus fo kill him.
Jhn 10.33: Da Jewish leada guys tell him, “We throw stones at you cuz you talking stink God, not
Jhn 10.36: Da Fadda wen say I spesho fo him, an he wen send me hea inside da world.
Jhn 10.39: So one mo time dem guys wen try fo grab him, but he wen dig out.
Jhn 10.41: Dey say, “John neva do awesome stuff fo show who him, but everyting he wen say bout dis guy Jesus stay true!
Jhn 10.42: An plenny peopo wen go trus him ova dea.
Jhn 11.8: Da guys Jesus teaching wen tell him, “Eh, Teacha, ony litto wile befo dis da Jewish peopo wen
Jhn 11.11: friend Lazarus wen go sleep, but I going ova dea fo wake him up.
Jhn 11.15: An now, we going ova dea by him.
Jhn 11.16: “Eh, mo betta we go wit Jesus too, so we can mahke wit him.
Jhn 11.20: She go outside da town an meet him.
Jhn 11.22: But I know dat even now, God goin do wateva you aks him fo do.
Jhn 11.24: Marta tell him, “I know dat he goin come back alive, bumbye wen all da
Jhn 11.27: She tell him, “Yeah, Boss!
Jhn 11.30: inside da town yet, but he stay da place wea Marta meet him.
Jhn 11.32: Den Mary wen come wea Jesus stay, an see him.
Jhn 11.34: He say, “Wea you guys wen bury him?”
Jhn 11.44: Jesus say, “Hemo da bandage from his face, an let him go.
Jhn 11.45: an wen see all da awesome stuff Jesus wen do, dey wen trus him.
Jhn 11.47: “Dis guy Jesus doing all kine awesome stuff dat show who him!
Jhn 11.48: If we let him stay do dis kine stuff, everybody goin go trus him jalike
Jhn 11.48: we let him stay do dis kine stuff, everybody goin go trus him jalike he dea king!
Jhn 11.54: Jesus no go aroun no moa wea da Jewish leada guys can see him.
Jhn 12.4: Judas Iscariot, one a Jesus guys, da guy dat lata goin set him up fo mahke, he wen say, “Eh, how come dey neva sell dis
Jhn 12.9: Jesus was dea inside Betany town, an dey wen come fo see him.
Jhn 12.9: An not ony him, but Lazarus too.
Jhn 12.11: Cuz plenny Jewish peopo wen hear bout Lazarus, an see him.
Jhn 12.13: God goin do plenny good kine stuff fo him.
Jhn 12.16: dey wen rememba dat da Bible wen say all dis tings bout him.
Jhn 12.16: An dey wen rememba dat da peopo wen make lidat to him.
Jhn 12.18: wen hear bout da awesome ting he wen do dat wen show who him.
Jhn 12.21: guy who come from Betsaida town, Galilee side, an dey tell him, “Eh Mista, us guys, we like meet Jesus.
Jhn 12.29: az was one angel messenja guy from da Boss dat wen talk to him.
Jhn 12.34: Da peopo tell him, “We wen hear from God's Rules dat da Christ Guy goin live
Jhn 12.37: wen do plenny awesome stuff in front da peopo fo show who him, dey still yet no trus him.
Jhn 12.37: in front da peopo fo show who him, dey still yet no trus him.
Jhn 13.1: Jesus wen know dat was time fo him fo go outa dis world, an go by his Fadda.
Jhn 13.3: Jesus know dat his Fadda wen give him all da power ova everyting.
Jhn 13.6: An Peter wen aks him, “Eh, Boss!
Jhn 13.7: Jesus tell him, “You no undastan how come I doing dis now, but bumbye you
Jhn 13.8: Peter tell him, “No way you eva goin wash my feet!”
Jhn 13.8: Den Jesus tell him, “If I no wash you, den you no can be my guy.”
Jhn 13.9: Den Simon Peter tell him, “Kay den, Boss.”
Jhn 13.10: Jesus tell him, “Whoeva wen bafe, dey ony need wash dea feet.
Jhn 13.11: (Cuz Jesus know awready who goin set him up.
Jhn 13.16: An da messenja guy not mo importan den da guy dat wen send him.
Jhn 13.23: Had one a Jesus guys was sitting by him at da table.”
Jhn 13.23: Jesus get plenny love an aloha fo him.
Jhn 13.27: wen take da bread, an right den an dea, da Devil take ova him.”
Jhn 13.28: guys sitting dea neva undastan how come Jesus wen tell him dat.
Jhn 13.32: stay, an he goin make me awesome too, cuz I stay tight wit him.
Jhn 13.36: Simon Peter aks him, “Eh, Boss, wea you going?
Jhn 13.36: Jesus tell him, “Da place I going, you no can go dea now, but bumbye you
Jhn 13.37: Peter tell him, “Eh, Boss, how come I no can go wit you now?”
Jhn 13.38: Jesus tell him, “Fo real?
Jhn 14.7: An from now, you guys know him, an see him.
Jhn 14.7: An from now, you guys know him, an see him.
Jhn 14.9: Jesus tell him, “I stay wit you guys long time, an you still yet donno
Jhn 14.17: But da peopo inside da world no like take him, cuz dey no see him, an dey donno him.
Jhn 14.17: da peopo inside da world no like take him, cuz dey no see him, an dey donno him.
Jhn 14.17: world no like take him, cuz dey no see him, an dey donno him.
Jhn 14.17: You guys know him, cuz he stay by you guys, an he goin stay tight wit you
Jhn 14.23: Jesus wen tell him, “Whoeva get love an aloha fo me, dey goin do wat I tell
Jhn 16.7: But if I go way, den I goin send him to you guys.
Jhn 16.13: talk by himself, but he goin tell wat my Fadda wen tell him.
Jhn 16.19: Jesus know dey like aks him question, so he tell um, “I wen say, ‘In litto wile you
Jhn 16.26: No need fo me aks him fo you guys.
Jhn 16.29: Den da guys he teaching tell him, “Eh!
Jhn 18.3: guys wen let Judas take dea army guys an police guys wit him.
Jhn 18.4: Jesus wen know all da stuff dat going happen to him, so he wen go by dem an aks dem, “Who you guys looking fo?
Jhn 18.5: Dey tell him, “Jesus, da guy from Nazaret.
Jhn 18.5: Judas, da guy who wen set him up fo mahke, was right dea wit dem.”
Jhn 18.12: guys, an da police guys from da Jews wen take Jesus an tie him up.
Jhn 18.20: Jesus tell him, “I wen talk wea everybody can hear me.
Jhn 18.23: Jesus tell him, “If I wen talk bad, tell me wat I wen say was bad.
Jhn 18.24: Den Annas wen send him, all tie up, to da Head Priest guy, Kaiafas.
Jhn 18.25: Da odda guys standing dea tell him, “Eh!
Jhn 18.26: Dat was you inside da garden wit him, yeah?
Jhn 18.30: Dey tell him, “If da bugga no was one crook, us guys no goin turn him
Jhn 18.30: him, “If da bugga no was one crook, us guys no goin turn him ova to you.
Jhn 18.31: Den Pilate tell dem, “Take him den an judge him jalike how yoa Rules say you gotta do.”
Jhn 18.31: Den Pilate tell dem, “Take him den an judge him jalike how yoa Rules say you gotta do.”
Jhn 18.33: headquarters, an he tell Jesus fo come inside, an tell him, “Eh, you!
Jhn 18.34: Jesus tell him, “Dass wat you figga yoaself?
Jhn 18.37: Pilate aks him, “So, you one king den?
Jhn 18.37: Jesus tell him, “You wen say I one king.”
Jhn 18.38: Pilate aks him, “Wat da trut?
Jhn 19.1: Den Governa Pilate tell his guys fo take Jesus an cut him up wit da whip.
Jhn 19.2: Den dey put one purple kine robe on top him.
Jhn 19.3: An dey coming in front him, an tell, “Hui!
Jhn 19.4: I goin bring him outside fo you guys, so you guys can know dat I neva find
Jhn 19.4: you guys can know dat I neva find notting wrong fo punish him.
Jhn 19.6: guys see Jesus, dey make big noise, an dey yelling, “Kill him on top one cross!
Jhn 19.6: Kill him on top one cross!”
Jhn 19.6: Pilate tell um, “You guys take him an kill um on top one cross!
Jhn 19.6: I no find notting wrong fo punish him.”
Jhn 19.10: Den Pilate tell him, “You no like talk to me, o wat?”
Jhn 19.12: From dat time, Pilate try fo let him go.
Jhn 19.20: sign, plenny Jews wen read um, cuz da place dey wen kill him stay near Jerusalem town.
Jhn 19.34: But one army guy wen stab him wit his spear on da side, an blood an water come out.
Jhn 19.37: An da Bible wen tell one nodda ting, “Dey goin look at him, da guy dey wen stab.)
Jhn 19.38: He wen go aks Pilate fo let him take Jesus body, an Pilate let him.
Jhn 19.38: go aks Pilate fo let him take Jesus body, an Pilate let him.
Jhn 19.39: guy who befo time wen go by Jesus, nite time, fo talk to him.
Jhn 19.39: hundred pounds, fo put on top Jesus body befo dey bury him.
Jhn 20.2: We donno wea dey wen put him!
Jhn 20.6: an see da cloths dey use fo wrap Jesus inside fo bury him.
Jhn 20.15: She wen tink he da yard man, an she tell him, “Mista, if you wen take him away, tell me wea you wen put
Jhn 20.15: he da yard man, an she tell him, “Mista, if you wen take him away, tell me wea you wen put him, an I goin take da body
Jhn 20.15: “Mista, if you wen take him away, tell me wea you wen put him, an I goin take da body fo bury.
head: Jesus Guys See Him
Jhn 20.24: One a Jesus twelve guys, Thomas, dey call him “Twin.
Jhn 20.25: Dass why da odda guys wen tell him, “Eh, us guys wen see da Boss, you know.”
Jhn 20.29: Jesus tell him, “Thomas, cuz you wen see me, you believe I alive.
Jhn 20.30: Jesus wen do plenny odda awesome stuff fo show who him, but I neva write all dat inside dis book.
Jhn 20.31: Wen you guys trus him, you guys goin live foeva fo real kine cuz you his guys.
Jhn 21.1: An den, afta dat, Jesus wen let his guys go see him again.
Jhn 21.4: But his guys, dey neva know was him.
Jhn 21.12: An dey too scared fo aks him, “Who you?”
Jhn 21.14: Az was three times Jesus wen let da guys see him afta he wen come back alive from mahke.
Jhn 21.17: all hurt inside, cuz now three times awready Jesus go aks him.
Jhn 21.21: Wat goin happen to him?
Jhn 21.22: Jesus tell um, “So, wat if I like him stay alive till I come back?
Act 1.2: Jesus wen do an teach from da start, till da time God take him up inside da sky.
Act 1.2: God's Spesho Spirit wen tell him all dat.
Act 1.3: afta Jesus wen suffa, he let da guys dat he wen pick see him, an he prove dat he stay alive fo real.
Act 1.6: One time, da guys dat Jesus wen pick wen come togedda wit him, an dey aks him, “Boss, you goin come King now fo da
Act 1.6: dat Jesus wen pick wen come togedda wit him, an dey aks him, “Boss, you goin come King now fo da Israel peopo, jalike
Act 1.9: Afta he wen say dat, God wen take him up in front dem, an den one cloud wen move unda him, so
Act 1.9: take him up in front dem, an den one cloud wen move unda him, so dey no can see him no moa.
Act 1.9: dem, an den one cloud wen move unda him, so dey no can see him no moa.
Act 1.11: Dis guy Jesus, God wen take him from you, up inside da sky.
Act 1.11: He goin come back da same way you wen see him go.
Act 1.16: guy wen bring da guys dat bus Jesus, an wen show dem who him.
Act 1.22: wen come an den go from us, from da time John wen baptize him, till he go up to da sky.’
Act 1.25: Judas wen go da place dass fo him.
Act 2.21: den, everybody dat know who da Boss fo real kine An tell him fo take um outa da bad kine stuff dey do, Da Boss goin
Act 2.22: God wen show dat Jesus fo real, cuz God wen give him power, an he wen do all kine awesome stuff dat show who
Act 2.22: power, an he wen do all kine awesome stuff dat show who him.
Act 2.23: An you guys wen take him an let da bad kine guys kill him on top one cross.
Act 2.23: An you guys wen take him an let da bad kine guys kill him on top one cross.
Act 2.24: But God wen make him come back alive again from mahke.
Act 2.25: David wen say dis bout him: ‘I wen spock da Boss.
Act 2.26: So I stay real good inside, Wen I tell peopo bout him.
Act 2.29: leada fo our ohana, David, he wen mahke, an dey wen bury him, an his grave stay hea still yet.
Act 2.32: God wen make Jesus come alive again, an we all wen see him an tell bout him.
Act 2.32: Jesus come alive again, an we all wen see him an tell bout him.
Act 2.33: God wen put him in da mos importan place by his right side, an he wen get
Act 2.36: wen kill dis guy Jesus on top one cross, but God wen make him da Boss, an he da Spesho Guy God Wen Send.”-’
Act 2.39: God -- all da ones da Boss our God goin tell fo come to him.
Act 3.2: Some guys carry him by da temple gate every day.
Act 3.2: Dey put him dea so he can beg fo money from da peopo dat go inside da
Act 3.4: Peter an John wen look him in da eye, an Peter say, “Look at us!
Act 3.7: Peter wen take his right hand an help him stand up.
Act 3.9: All da peopo see him walking an tanking God.
Act 3.10: tink plenny, an dea jaws wen drop cuz a wat wen happen to him.
Act 3.12: you guys looking at us guys an tinking dat we wen make him walk wit our own power, o cuz we stay tight wit God?’
Act 3.13: You guys wen give ova Jesus so dey can kill him.
Act 3.13: Pilate wen like let him go, but den you guys wen tell Pilate dat Jesus not God's
Act 3.16: Dis guy you see hea, you guys know him.
Act 3.16: He wen find out wat kine guy Jesus, an he go trus him.
Act 3.16: Jesus, he da One dat wen make him come good all da way.
Act 3.24: time, Samuel an all da odda guys dat wen talk fo God afta him, dey all wen tell bout wat stay happen now.’
Act 3.26: God wen pick his Spesho Helpa Jesus, an send him by you guys first.
Act 3.26: He send him so he can do good kine stuff fo you guys, an make you guys
Act 4.10: You guys wen kill him on top one cross, but God wen make him come back alive
Act 4.10: You guys wen kill him on top one cross, but God wen make him come back alive again.
Act 5.3: Peter wen tell him, “Ananias, how come you let da Devil take charge you, an
Act 5.28: An you even like blame us fo kill him!
Act 5.30: make Jesus come back alive again, afta you guys wen kill him on top one cross.”
Act 5.31: God wen take him up wit him, an wen make him sit da importan place by his
Act 5.31: God wen take him up wit him, an wen make him sit da importan place by his right side,
Act 5.31: God wen take him up wit him, an wen make him sit da importan place by his right side, cuz he da Main
Act 5.32: God give his Spesho Spirit to da peopo dat lissen to him.
Act 5.34: teach God's Rules, an all da peopo had plenny respeck fo him.
Act 5.36: bout himself, an had bout four hundred guys wen stick wit him.
Act 5.36: But den some guys wen kill him, an all his guys wen run away, an da whole ting wen pau.
Act 5.37: But dey wen kill him too, an all his guys wen run away.
Act 6.5: dat really trus God an get God's Spesho Spirit in charge a him, an Philip, Prochorus, Nicanor, Timon, Parmenas, an
Act 6.8: He wen do plenny awesome stuffs dat show wat kine guy him, an da peopo see dat he get power.
Act 6.10: But Stephen real akamai, an God's Spesho Spirit wen tell him wat fo say.
Act 6.12: Dey wen grab him an bring him in front da main leada guys.”
Act 6.12: Dey wen grab him an bring him in front da main leada guys.”
Act 6.13: Den dey bring odda guys dat wen bulai bout him an say, “Dis guy still yet no like pau talk stink bout da
Act 6.14: We wen hear him say dat da guy Jesus from Nazaret goin broke down da
Act 7.3: God wen tell him, ‘Go way from yoa place an yoa ohana, an go da place I
Act 7.5: But God wen promise him dat his ohana goin own dis land bumbye; no matta Abraham
Act 7.6: God wen tell him, ‘Yoa ohana goin stay one place far away, dat not dea's.
Act 7.8: Den Abraham wen get Isaac his boy, an he wen cut skin him eight days afta he wen born.
Act 7.9: wen come jealous cuz a dea brudda Joseph, an dey wen sell him fo come one slave in Egypt side.
Act 7.9: But God wen stay wit him.
Act 7.10: God wen take him outa all da trouble he stay in.
Act 7.10: He wen make him akamai, an wen help him.
Act 7.10: He wen make him akamai, an wen help him.
Act 7.10: So Pharaoh wen make him da leada fo da Egypt land an all his palace.
Act 7.13: Da nex time dey wen go, da guy Joseph tell his bruddas who him, an den Pharaoh wen hear bout Joseph's ohana.
Act 7.20: Three months dey wen hide Moses an take care him inside his fadda's house.
Act 7.21: Wen dey no can hide him no moa, dey wen put him outside, an Pharaoh's girl wen
Act 7.21: Wen dey no can hide him no moa, dey wen put him outside, an Pharaoh's girl wen find him an wen take care
Act 7.21: moa, dey wen put him outside, an Pharaoh's girl wen find him an wen take care him jalike he her own boy.
Act 7.21: outside, an Pharaoh's girl wen find him an wen take care him jalike he her own boy.
Act 7.24: He wen kill da Egypt guy, fo pay him back.
Act 7.25: He wen tink his own peopo goin know dat God wen use him fo take dem outa da bad kine stuff dey stay in, but dey
Act 7.33: Da Boss wen tell him, ‘Take off yoa slippas, cuz da place wea you stay
Act 7.35: messenja guy dat Moses wen see inside da bush wen help him fo know dat he da one God wen pick.
Act 7.37: peopo lata, ‘God goin send one Guy fo you dat goin talk fo him, jalike he wen send me.
Act 7.38: all our ancesta guys, an wit da angel guy dat wen talk to him on top Sinai Mountain.
Act 7.38: God wen tell him good stuff fo tell us, an dat stuff still stay going
Act 7.39: Inside dea hearts dey like throw him out, an like go back Egypt side.
Act 7.46: So David wen aks God fo let him make one mo betta house fo God, da same God dat David's
Act 7.52: An den, you guys wen set him up an wen kill him!
Act 7.52: An den, you guys wen set him up an wen kill him!
Act 7.55: But God's Spesho Spirit wen take charge a him.
Act 7.57: real loud, an dey wen cover dea ears, an dey wen run at him, an drag him outside da town, an start fo throw stones at
Act 7.58: an dey wen cover dea ears, an dey wen run at him, an drag him outside da town, an start fo throw stones at him.
Act 7.58: an drag him outside da town, an start fo throw stones at him.
Act 7.58: Da guys dat wen talk agains him inside da court, dey wen put down dea coats by one young
Act 8.6: see all da awesome stuff he wen do dat show wat kine guy him, so den dey wen lissen real good to da stuff he wen say.
Act 8.9: An all da Samaria kine peopo, wen blow dea minds cuz a him.
Act 8.10: All da big guys an da odda peopo wen lissen to him real good an say, “Dis guy, he da guy dey name ‘Da Big
Act 8.11: Dey wen stick wit him cuz he stay blow dea minds long time, cuz he wen make da
Act 8.13: Simon, he wen trus too, an Philip wen baptize him.
Act 8.20: Peter wen tell him, “You an yoa money goin mahke togedda!
Act 8.31: he tell Philip fo climb inside da carriage an sit down by him.”
Act 8.32: place inside da Bible wea he wen read say, “Dey wen take him away Jalike dey take one sheep away fo kill um.”
Act 8.33: Dey wen make him shame, An dey neva do da right kine ting fo him.
Act 8.33: wen make him shame, An dey neva do da right kine ting fo him.
Act 8.35: Den Philip wen teach him.
Act 8.35: place wea da guy was reading inside da Bible, an wen tell him da Good Stuff Bout Jesus.”
Act 8.37: [Philip wen tell him, “I can baptize you if you trus God inside yoa heart fo
Act 8.38: da guy wen go down inside da water, an Philip wen baptize him.”]
Act 9.2: He wen go da Head Priest guy an wen tell him fo write lettas fo da Jewish churches Damascus side, so
Act 9.3: Right den an dea one light from da sky wen flash aroun him.
Act 9.4: wen fall down on top da groun, an hear one voice telling him, “Eh, Saul!
Act 9.8: So dey wen take him by da hand an dey all wen go inside Damascus.
Act 9.10: He wen see someting jalike one dream wea da Boss wen tell him, “Ananias!
Act 9.11: wen tell, “Go da guy Judas house on Strait Street, an tell him you like talk to one guy name Saul from Tarsus.”
Act 9.12: he see one guy name Ananias come an put his hands on top him an den his eyes come good again.
Act 9.14: An da main pries guys wen give him power, an he wen come ova hea fo bus all da peopo dat aks
Act 9.16: An I goin show him how plenny he goin suffa cuz he my guy.
Act 9.18: He wen stand up, an Ananias wen baptize him.”
Act 9.24: watch da gates fo da town day an nite, so dey can kill him.
Act 9.25: But nite time da guys dat wen stick wit Saul, wen put him inside one big basket, an wen let him down thru one puka
Act 9.25: wit Saul, wen put him inside one big basket, an wen let him down thru one puka in da wall nite time.
Act 9.26: go by da odda guys dat stick wit Jesus, but dey all scared him.
Act 9.26: Dey neva trus him dat he really stay tight wit Jesus.
Act 9.27: But Barnabas, he wen take Saul an bring him by da guys Jesus wen send.
Act 9.27: wen he stay going Damascus side, an da Boss wen talk to him.
Act 9.29: But dey wen make plan fo kill him.
Act 9.30: find out bout dat, dey wen take Saul Cesarea side, an send him away Tarsus side.
Act 9.34: Peter wen meet him an tell um, “Eh, Eneas, Jesus, da Spesho Guy God Wen Send,
Act 9.38: wen hear dat Peter stay Lydda side, dey send two guys by him fo beg um, “Try come now!
Act 9.39: Peter wen go wit dem, an wen he come, dey take him upstairs to da room.
Act 9.39: All da widows stand aroun him, crying an showing him da shirts an coats Dorcas wen make
Act 9.39: All da widows stand aroun him, crying an showing him da shirts an coats Dorcas wen make wen she wen stay wit
Act 10.2: Him an his ohana, dey not Jewish, but dey all pray an get
Act 10.3: He see one angel messenja guy from God dat wen come by him an say, “Eh, Cornelius!
Act 10.4: Da angel guy say, “God hear wat you wen aks him fo do, an he rememba all da money you wen give fo da poor
Act 10.13: Den one voice wen tell him, “Eh Peter!
Act 10.19: fo figga out wat da dream mean, an God's Spirit wen tell him, “Simon, get three guys dat not Jewish, stay downstairs
Act 10.22: One spesho angel guy from God wen tell him fo bring you by his house so he can hear wat you get fo
Act 10.25: Wen Peter go inside da house, Cornelius go in front him, an go down on his knees, cuz he get plenny respeck fo
Act 10.25: him, an go down on his knees, cuz he get plenny respeck fo him.
Act 10.27: Peter stay talking to him, an dey go inside da house.
Act 10.35: He take everybody in from all da peopos dat get respeck fo him an do da right ting.
Act 10.38: Jesus wen do dat cuz God wen stay wit him.
Act 10.39: Dey wen kill him on top one cross.
Act 10.40: Afta three days God wen make him come back alive, an wen let some peopo see him.
Act 10.40: wen make him come back alive, an wen let some peopo see him.
Act 10.41: neva see um, but us guys dat God wen pick fo tell bout him, we wen see um.
Act 10.41: We wen eat an drink wit him afta he wen come back alive.
Act 10.43: da guys dat wen talk fo God long time ago wen talk bout him.
Act 10.43: Dey say dat whoeva trus him, God goin let um go an hemo dea shame fo all da bad kine
Act 11.2: dat trus da Good Kine Stuff Bout Christ wen squawk at him.
Act 11.21: Da Boss wen help dem, an plenny peopo wen start fo trus him.
Act 11.23: dem good kine words fo stick wit da Boss Jesus, an trus him wit all dea heart.
Act 11.24: God's Spesho Spirit stay in charge a him, an he stay trus da Boss plenny.
Act 11.26: He wen find him, an wen bring him Antioch.
Act 11.26: He wen find him, an wen bring him Antioch.
Act 12.5: da jail, but all da church peopo wen pray real hard fo him.
Act 12.9: Peter wen go wit him outside da jail, but he neva know if was fo real wat da
Act 12.17: fo no talk, an he wen tell um dat da Boss Up Dea wen bring him outside da jail.”
Act 12.19: go tell King Herod, an he wen tell um fo look all ova fo him.
Act 12.20: make friends wit King Herod, cuz dea food stay come from him.
Act 12.23: den an dea, cuz Herod neva talk good bout God an tank him, one angel guy from da Boss Up Dea wen wack him, an da
Act 12.23: an tank him, one angel guy from da Boss Up Dea wen wack him, an da worms wen eat um, an he wen mahke.”
Act 13.9: name Paul too, God's Spesho Spirit wen stay in charge a him.
Act 13.11: wen go all ova da place, an wen try find one guy fo lead him by da hand.
Act 13.13: Paul an da guys dat wen go wit him wen sail from Paphos to Perga, Pamfylia side.
Act 13.22: He do all da kine stuff I like him fo do.
Act 13.25: I no stay good nuff fo even do manini kine stuff fo him like help him take off his slippas.
Act 13.25: good nuff fo even do manini kine stuff fo him like help him take off his slippas.
Act 13.29: An afta, dey wen take him down from da cross an wen put him inside one tomb.
Act 13.29: An afta, dey wen take him down from da cross an wen put him inside one tomb.
Act 13.30: But God, he wen make him come back alive from mahke.
Act 13.31: An fo plenny days da guys dat wen go wit him befo from Galilee to Jerusalem, dey wen see him.
Act 13.31: wen go wit him befo from Galilee to Jerusalem, dey wen see him.
Act 13.36: Dey wen bury him wit his ancesta guys, an his body wen come rotten.’
Act 13.48: da real kine life dat stay to da max foeva, dey wen trus him.’-”
Act 14.9: An Paul wen look him in da eye, an know dat da guy trus dat he can come good.
Act 14.17: But he wen show dem who him.
Act 14.19: Dass why dey wen throw stones at Paul, an wen drag him outside da town, cuz dey tink he stay mahke.
Act 15.7: dat not Jews da Good Stuff Bout Jesus so dey can trus him.”
Act 15.9: He wen make dem clean inside, cuz dey wen trus him.
Act 16.3: Paul wen like take Timoty wit him wen dey go all ova, so Paul wen cut skin Timoty, cuz da
Act 16.10: We tink dat God wen call us fo go tell da Good Stuff From Him to da peopo ova dea.”
Act 16.32: Den dey tell him an all his ohana da Good Stuff bout da Boss Jesus.
Act 16.33: An right den an dea, him an all his ohana wen get baptize.
Act 16.34: Him an his ohana wen feel real good inside, cuz now dey stay
Act 16.35: guys wen send da police guys by da jaila guy fo tell him, “Let da guys go.
Act 17.15: Da guys dat wen go wit Paul wen take him to Athens.
Act 17.25: Peopo no need take care him jalike if he stay need someting.
Act 17.27: God wen do dat so da peopo can go look fo him.
Act 17.27: Den might be dey goin reach out an find him.
Act 17.28: ‘Cuz a him we stay an move an do everyting.
Act 17.32: Wen dey wen hear him say dat one guy wen come back alive from mahke, some a dem
Act 17.32: come back alive from mahke, some a dem guys wen make fun a him.
Act 18.6: da Jewish guys wen stand up agains Paul an wen talk bad to him, he wen shake out his clotheses fo show he wen had it wit
Act 18.8: Him an all his ohana wen trus da Boss Jesus.
Act 18.9: Da Boss Jesus wen tell him, “No need be scared.
Act 18.12: governa fo Akaia, da Jews wen gang up on Paul an wen take him in front da governa.”
Act 18.18: Priscilla an Aquila wen go wit him.
Act 18.20: Dey wen tell him fo stay ova dea some moa, but he neva like.
Act 18.25: Befo time odda bruddas wen teach him bout da Boss Jesus, an da way he wen talk, everybody know
Act 18.26: Wen Priscilla an Aquila hear him, dey tell him fo come dea house.
Act 18.26: Wen Priscilla an Aquila hear him, dey tell him fo come dea house.
Act 18.26: An dey teach him bout Jesus way mo betta.
Act 18.27: Apollos wen like go Akaia, an da bruddas wen kokua him.
Act 19.8: good bout how dey can get God fo dea King, so dey can trus him.
Act 19.9: He wen take da guys dat stay tight wit Jesus wit him, an dey wen talk togedda every day inside da big room at
Act 19.20: plenny peopo wen hear wat da Boss Up Dea wen say, an trus him, an wen do wat he say.
Act 19.24: Da guys dat work fo him wen make plenny money.
Act 19.30: wen like go in front da peopo, but Jesus guys neva let him.
Act 19.31: da leada guys fo Asia, dey Paul's friends, an dey wen send him one letta dat say, “No go inside da stadium!
Act 19.33: name Alexander in front, an some a da peopo wen yell at him wat fo do.
Act 20.1: da big noise wen pau, Paul wen tell Jesus guys fo come by him.
Act 20.3: sail Syria side, but da Jewish guys wen make plan fo kill him, so he wen go back thru Macedonia.
Act 20.4: an Tykicus an Trofimus from Asia, dey all wen go wit him.
Act 20.10: an throw himself on top da guy, an wen put his arms aroun him.
Act 20.17: fo tell da older church leada guys from Efesus fo come by him.
Act 20.32: Dey stay spesho fo him.
Act 20.37: Dey all cry an dey wen hug him an kiss him bye.’
Act 20.37: Dey all cry an dey wen hug him an kiss him bye.’
Act 20.38: Dey was mo sad cuz he wen say dey no goin see him no moa.
Act 20.38: An dey wen go wit him to da boat.
Act 21.19: He wen tell um all da stuff God wen help him fo do fo da peopo dat not Jews.
Act 21.29: inside Jerusalem wit Paul, an dey wen tink Paul wen bring him inside da temple yard.
Act 21.30: Dey wen grab Paul, an wen drag him from da temple yard.)
Act 21.31: Da peopo stay trying fo kill him, an da main captain fo da Rome army guys wen hear dat all
Act 21.35: da door, da peopo wen come wild, so da army guys wen carry him.
Act 22.12: Rules say, an all da Jewish peopo ova dea get respeck fo him.
Act 22.13: An right den an dea I can see him.
Act 22.15: da one fo tell all da peopo wat you wen see an hear bout him.
Act 22.16: do, da Boss goin clean um up an throw um away, cuz you aks him fo help you.
Act 22.19: I tell him, ‘Boss, dey know I wen go from one Jewish church to anodda
Act 22.20: I wen take care da clotheses fo da guys dat stay killing him.
Act 22.24: Da captain wen tell um fo whip him real hard, an fo make him talk so da captain can know how
Act 22.24: Da captain wen tell um fo whip him real hard, an fo make him talk so da captain can know how come da peopo wen yell at
Act 22.24: talk so da captain can know how come da peopo wen yell at him lidat.
Act 22.25: Wen dey wen stretch him out fo whip him real hard, Paul wen tell da captain dat
Act 22.25: Wen dey wen stretch him out fo whip him real hard, Paul wen tell da captain dat stay dea, “Dis
Act 22.29: Right den an dea da guys dat wen start fo make him talk wen go outside.”
Act 22.30: He wen let him go outa jail, an tell da main pries guys an all da main
Act 22.30: Den he wen bring Paul, an put him in front dem.
Act 23.3: Den Paul tell him, “God goin hit you.”
Act 23.9: Maybe one spirit o one angel guy wen talk to him.
Act 23.10: his army guys fo go down, take Paul away from dem, an take him inside da army place.”
Act 23.12: dat dey no goin eat o drink notting till dey pau kill him.
Act 23.15: you an da main leada guys go tell da main captain fo bring him in front you, an you ack jalike you like find out mo stuff
Act 23.15: An we stay ready fo kill him befo he come ova hea.
Act 23.17: Den Paul wen tell one a da captains fo come, an he tell him, “Take dis young guy by da main captain.”
Act 23.17: He get someting fo tell him.
Act 23.19: main captain wen take da young guy by da hand, an wen take him by da side, an say, “Wat you like tell me?”
Act 23.20: Dey goin ack jalike dey like find out mo stuff bout him.
Act 23.22: An he wen let him go.”
Act 23.24: Go get horses fo da guy Paul, so dey can take him by Felix da Governa, an notting goin happen to him.
Act 23.24: take him by Felix da Governa, an notting goin happen to him.
Act 23.27: Jewish guys wen grab dis guy Paul, an dey almos wen kill him, but I wen come wit my army guys fo take him outa dea.
Act 23.27: wen kill him, but I wen come wit my army guys fo take him outa dea.
Act 23.28: An I wen like know how come dey poin finga at him, so I bring him in front da main Jewish leada guys.
Act 23.28: I wen like know how come dey poin finga at him, so I bring him in front da main Jewish leada guys.
Act 23.30: Wen I know dat dey wen make plan fo kill him, right den an dea I wen send him by you.
Act 23.30: dey wen make plan fo kill him, right den an dea I wen send him by you.
Act 23.31: Dey wen take Paul wit dem dat nite, an wen bring him Antipatris side.”
Act 23.32: Da nex day dey wen let da guys on horses take him da rest a da way, an dey wen go back dea place.
Act 23.34: Da governa wen read da letta, an wen aks him wea he come from.
Act 23.35: tell da guys fo take Paul ova to Herod's palace an guard him ova dea.
Act 24.6: So we wen grab him.
Act 24.6: [We wen like bring him in front one judge jalike our Rules say, but da main
Act 24.7: say, but da main captain name Lysias, he come an grab him from us.
Act 24.8: You can aks him yoaself, an you goin find out all da stuff we saying
Act 24.23: He tell da captain fo watch Paul, an no tie him up, an let his friends come take care him.
Act 24.23: Paul, an no tie him up, an let his friends come take care him.
Act 24.24: Felix tell da guards fo bring Paul, an Felix lissen to him.
Act 24.26: So plenny times he wen tell Paul fo come an talk wit him.”
Act 25.2: da main pries guys an da Jewish leadas wen come in front him an wen poin finga Paul.
Act 25.3: Dey wen like him fo bring Paul to Jerusalem, cuz dey like kill him wen he
Act 25.3: wen like him fo bring Paul to Jerusalem, cuz dey like kill him wen he stay coming.
Act 25.5: some a yoa leada guys go wit me, an dey can poin finga at him ova dea, if he wen do someting wrong.
Act 25.6: top da judge chair, an wen tell um fo bring Paul in front him.”
Act 25.7: from Jerusalem wen stand aroun Paul, an wen poin finga at him real hard.
Act 25.15: pries guys an da older leadas fo da Jews wen poin finga at him, an say I gotta punish him.
Act 25.15: fo da Jews wen poin finga at him, an say I gotta punish him.
Act 25.16: he stand in front da judge, an den dey can poin finga at him an he can talk fo himself.
Act 25.18: Wen da guys dat poin finga at him wen stand up fo talk, dey neva say notting I wen tink dey
Act 25.20: know how fo check out all dat stuff, dass why I wen aks him if he like go Jerusalem an stand in front da judge ova
Act 25.21: So, I wen tell da army guys fo guard him till dat time come.
Act 25.22: Festus say, “Tomorrow you goin hear him.”
Act 25.23: Festus tell da guys fo bring Paul inside, an dey wen bring him.
Act 25.24: All da Jewish peopo wen tell me bout him inside Jerusalem an ova hea inside Cesarea.
Act 25.26: But I no mo notting fo write down bout him in one letta fo send da Boss Cesar.
Act 25.26: Dass why I wen bring him in front all you guys, an even mo in front you, King
Act 25.26: an even mo in front you, King Agrippa, so you can check him out, an den I can write down someting.
Act 26.32: neva aks fo stand in front da Big King Cesar, we wen let him go.
Act 27.3: an he wen let um go by his friends so dey can take care him.
Act 27.23: I stay tight wit God an work fo him, you know.
Act 28.8: Paul wen go by him an pray an put his hands on top um, an he wen make um come
Act 28.15: Wen Paul wen spock dem, dat wen kokua him, an he wen tank God.
Act 28.25: Isaiah wen talk fo him an say, ‘God wen tell me fo go by dis peopo an say, “You
Act 28.30: He wen show aloha fo all da peopo dat wen come by him.]
Act 28.31: He not scared fo tell um, an nobody wen try make him shut up.
Rom 1.1: his guy, cuz he like send me all ova da place fo talk fo him.
Rom 1.1: me one spesho talka fo tell peopo da Good Kine Stuff From Him.
Rom 1.9: He know I stay work fo him hundred percent wit my spirit.
Rom 1.12: same ting, I goin give you guys good kine words cuz I trus him too jalike you guys.
Rom 1.16: peopo outa da bad kine stuff dey stay doing, wen dey trus him.
Rom 1.17: goin undastan wat God wen do fo make peopo come right wit him.
Rom 1.17: But gotta trus him from da start to da end.
Rom 1.17: Den you goin get um right wit him, An you can live fo real kine.
Rom 1.21: Dey know bout God, but dey no like tell him, “Eh, you stay awesome, cuz you stay God!
Rom 1.25: who make everyting, dey no like give love an respeck to him.
Rom 1.25: Can talk good bout him every time!
Rom 2.1: kine stuffs, no foget you doing da same kine tings jalike him.
Rom 2.13: Gotta do jalike God's Rules say, fo get um right wit him.
Rom 2.28: Abraham get da cut skin mark on top his body, dat no make him one Jewish guy fo real kine.
Rom 2.29: Da Rules inside one book, dass not wat make him God's kid.
Rom 2.29: Az not da peopo dat goin talk good bout him, goin be God dat goin do um.
Rom 3.3: goin do, jus cuz get some Jewish peopo dat neva like trus him?
head: God Make Us Get Um Right Wit Him Wen We Trus Um
Rom 3.21: now how God wen go make plan so we can get um right wit him.
Rom 3.21: We can get um right wit him, but not cuz a God's Rules.
Rom 3.22: God wen make us get um right wit him wen we trus Jesus Christ, da Spesho Guy God Wen Send.
Rom 3.22: He do dat fo everybody dat trus him, no mo notting diffren.
Rom 3.25: fo all da bad kine stuff everybody do, ony if dey go trus him an dey shua dat he wen go bleed an mahke fo dem.
Rom 3.26: ting, he make everybody dat trus Jesus get um right wit him.
Rom 3.28: we figga: Anybody can get um right wit God wen dey trus him, not wen dey ony do da stuff God's Rules say.
Rom 3.30: show dey Jewish kine, God make um so dey get um right wit him cuz dey trus him.
Rom 3.30: kine, God make um so dey get um right wit him cuz dey trus him.
Rom 3.30: mo da mark on top dem, he make dem so dey get um right wit him cuz dey trus him too.
Rom 3.30: dem, he make dem so dey get um right wit him cuz dey trus him too.
Rom 4.1: all come from, wat we get fo say bout wat wen happen to him?
Rom 4.3: God, Dass why God wen say dat Abraham get um right wit him.
Rom 4.4: Cuz wen get one guy dat work, his boss pay him fo dat.
Rom 4.5: God da One dat get da right fo say dat whoeva trus him, dey da one dat get um right wit him, no matta dey neva
Rom 4.5: say dat whoeva trus him, dey da one dat get um right wit him, no matta dey neva care bout God befo time.
Rom 4.6: goin stay good inside wen God say dat dey get um right wit him, an dey neva work notting fo dat.
Rom 4.9: an cuz a dat, God wen tell dat Abraham get um right wit him.”
Rom 4.11: get da mark dat God wen say Abraham get um right wit him.
Rom 4.11: dat trus God, an God wen say dey get um right wit him, no matta dey no mo da mark.
Rom 4.13: God wen promise Abraham an da peopo dat goin come from him afta, dat bumbye dey goin own da whole world.
Rom 4.13: wen say dat cuz Abraham wen trus God, an get um right wit him.
Rom 4.16: Dass why you betta trus him.
Rom 4.16: God like do plenny good tings fo da peopo who trus him.
Rom 4.18: Abraham wen trus God an wen wait fo him, even wen he neva see notting coming from God.
Rom 4.22: So dass why God wen figga dat Abraham get um right wit him.
Rom 4.24: God goin figga we get um right wit him too, if we trus him.
Rom 4.24: God goin figga we get um right wit him too, if we trus him.
Rom 5.1: So den, cuz we wen trus God, az why we get um right wit him.
Rom 5.2: an get all da good stuff he like do fo us, cuz we wen trus him first.
Rom 5.2: stay shua dat bumbye God goin make us come awesome jalike him.
Rom 5.9: God wen say we get um right wit him, cuz Christ wen bleed an mahke fo us.
Rom 5.11: We like tell dat God stay awesome, cuz we stay tight wit him.
Rom 5.11: An we stay tight wit him, cuz our Boss Jesus Christ wen mahke fo us, so now we can
Rom 5.19: An da odda guy Jesus, he wen lissen to wat God wen tell him fo do.
Rom 5.21: fo us, he take us ova, so us guys can get um right wit him an come alive fo real kine foeva.
Rom 6.8: Dass why we believe dat we goin stay live wit him too.
Rom 6.9: Cuz no mo notting dat get power fo make him mahke one mo time.
Rom 6.16: An wen you pick dat one, you get um right wit him awready!
Rom 8.3: Da way Jesus wen stay, God wen make him look jalike one regula guy dat can do bad kine stuff,
Rom 8.9: Whoeva no mo Christ's Spirit inside him, dass da guy dat not God's guy.
Rom 8.27: tink jalike God tink, an da Spirit talk to God an aks him fo help da peopo dat stay spesho fo God.
Rom 8.28: come out all good fo da peopo dat get love an aloha fo him.
Rom 8.30: An dose same guys, God wen make um get um right wit him, an he wen make um come awesome jalike him.
Rom 8.30: um right wit him, an he wen make um come awesome jalike him.
Rom 8.33: Cuz God, he da One dat say dat his peopo get um right wit him awready.
Rom 9.4: Dey da ones dat know how fo go down in front him an show him respeck how suppose to.
Rom 9.4: Dey da ones dat know how fo go down in front him an show him respeck how suppose to.
Rom 9.5: He da kine Guy dat peopo like talk good bout him foeva!
Rom 9.30: Now, dey get um right wit him, cuz dey stay trus um.
Rom 10.3: wat God wen do awready fo all us guys get um right wit him.
Rom 10.3: wit God how dey like, an dass why dey no like lissen to him.
Rom 10.6: dat too, bout how you get um right wit God cuz you trus him.
Rom 10.6: up dea fo tell da Spesho Guy God Wen Send dat we like him come back down hea by us guys.
Rom 10.10: dat you trus God, an den he make you get um right wit him.
Rom 10.12: He goin do plenny fo everybody dat aks him fo kokua dem.
Rom 10.14: How dey goin aks him fo help um if dey no trus him?”
Rom 10.14: How dey goin aks him fo help um if dey no trus him?”
Rom 10.14: An how dey goin trus him if dey neva hear notting bout him?
Rom 10.14: An how dey goin trus him if dey neva hear notting bout him?
Rom 10.14: An how dey goin hear bout him if nobody eva go tell um notting bout him?
Rom 10.14: goin hear bout him if nobody eva go tell um notting bout him?
Rom 11.4: An wat God wen say to him?
Rom 11.7: Ony da peopo God wen pick wen get um right wit him.
Rom 11.13: ova da place by da odda peopos dat not Jews, fo talk fo him.
Rom 11.16: an give um to God, den da whole bread stay spesho fo him too.
Rom 11.16: da root from one tree to God, da whole tree stay spesho fo him too.
Rom 11.21: You tink he goin let you stay ova dea if you no stay trus him?
Rom 11.22: He goin punish hard da guys dat no get um strait wit him.
Rom 11.22: God get good heart fo you guys if you stick wit God an let him be good to you.
Rom 11.22: But if you no let him get good heart fo you, he goin hemo you from da tree too.
Rom 11.35: An no mo nobody dat give God tings Dat goin make God pay him back!
Rom 11.36: Everyting us guys do, We do um fo him!
Rom 12.3: gotta go figga how much God stay helping dem fo trus him.
Rom 12.6: So, if God give you power fo be one talka fo him, an you trus him plenny, go talk plenny fo him.
Rom 12.6: if God give you power fo be one talka fo him, an you trus him plenny, go talk plenny fo him.
Rom 12.6: talka fo him, an you trus him plenny, go talk plenny fo him.
Rom 12.19: Mo betta you wait, an let God take care him, cuz God no take wat dat kine peopo do.
Rom 13.10: fo da odda guy, you no goin do notting fo make bad kine to him!
Rom 14.4: Somebody else stay da Boss fo him.
Rom 14.10: Eh, bumbye all us guys gotta go in front God da Judge, fo him fo judge us, you know.
Rom 14.14: But if one guy tink someting make him so he no can pray, den goin be kapu fo him.
Rom 14.14: someting make him so he no can pray, den goin be kapu fo him.
Rom 14.22: an God go make um strait inside yoa mind how you goin trus him, dat dis kine food okay fo you fo eat, den you goin be
Rom 15.5: I like him help you guys figga da same tings wit each odda, jalike
Rom 15.12: Dey know dat he goin come bumbye, An dat dey goin trus him cuz dey know who him.
Rom 15.12: come bumbye, An dat dey goin trus him cuz dey know who him.
Rom 15.13: good inside an yoa hearts rest inside cuz you guys trus him.
head: God Wen Send Paul All Ova Fo Talk Fo Him
Rom 15.16: he like all da diffren peopos come jalike one present fo him dat make him come good inside.
Rom 15.16: da diffren peopos come jalike one present fo him dat make him come good inside.
Rom 15.18: I ony talk bout da tings Christ wen do, an I help him fo do um.
Rom 15.20: to da peopo dat neva hear notting bout da Good Stuff Bout Him!
Rom 15.21: have nobody fo tell um bout God, Dey da peopo dat goin see him.”
Rom 15.33: I like him stay tight wit all you guys.
Rom 16.5: An my good friend, Epenetus, tell him da same ting.
Rom 16.8: I get plenny love an aloha fo him, cuz him an me stay tight wit da Boss.
Rom 16.8: I get plenny love an aloha fo him, cuz him an me stay tight wit da Boss.
Rom 16.9: I get love an aloha fo him.
Rom 16.10: Da tings dat wen happen to him, dass jalike one test fo make proof dat he stay tight wit
Rom 16.26: Dass how dey goin trus him an do wat he tell um fo do.
1Co 1.2: God wen make you guys spesho fo him cuz you stay tight wit Jesus Christ.
1Co 1.17: he wen send me fo, was fo tell all da Good Kine Stuff Bout Him!
1Co 1.17: An he neva like me talk bout him jus fo sound smart.
1Co 1.21: neva let da peopo inside dis world figga how dey can know him fo real kine.
1Co 1.21: lidis: mo betta send some guys aroun fo tell da peopo bout him, no matta get peopo dat tink da guys he send kinda crazy
1Co 1.21: dat from da stuff his peopo tell, odda peopo can go trus him, an dass how he goin take um outa da bad kine stuff dey
1Co 2.2: He da Spesho Guy God Wen Send, but was him da peopo wen hang on top one cross fo kill um.
1Co 2.9: God wen make ready Fo us guys dat get love an aloha fo him.
1Co 2.10: He even check out how God stay, deep down inside him.
1Co 2.14: why, if get one guy dat no mo God's Spirit in charge a him, ony his own self, dat guy no goin like take da kine stuff
1Co 3.5: Apollos, who him?
1Co 3.5: Me an him, we jus helpas.
1Co 3.11: God awready wen put him dea.
1Co 3.17: Cuz God's temple stay spesho fo him.
1Co 4.10: but dey tink you guys mo smart cuz you stay tight wit him him!
1Co 4.10: but dey tink you guys mo smart cuz you stay tight wit him him!
1Co 4.17: I love him jalike he my own boy.
1Co 5.11: Dat kine guy, no do notting wit him -- no even eat wit um!
1Co 5.13: God goin be da Judge fo da peopo outside dat no trus him.
1Co 6.11: He wen make you guys come spesho fo him.
1Co 6.11: He wen make you guys get um right wit him.
1Co 7.12: God, he not suppose to throw her out if she like stay wit him.
1Co 7.13: get one husban dat no trus God, she not suppose to leave him if he like her stay wit him.
1Co 7.13: God, she not suppose to leave him if he like her stay wit him.
1Co 7.20: Wen God wen tell you fo come wit him an be his guy, he neva say fo change everyting.
1Co 7.22: An if da guy no was one slave wen da Boss wen tell him fo come, now he one slave fo Christ.
1Co 8.6: Everyting come from him, An us guys do everyting fo him.
1Co 8.6: Everyting come from him, An us guys do everyting fo him.
1Co 8.10: Fo shua, da guy goin tink dass okay fo him fo eat da food too, from da sacrifice dey wen kill fo da
1Co 8.11: one Christian brudda, an God's Spesho Guy wen go mahke fo him, an den!
1Co 9.1: God wen send me all ova da place fo tell peopo bout him.
1Co 9.7: Da sheep farma guy too, az okay fo him fo use da milk from da sheeps.
1Co 9.17: den, jalike God stay trus me fo take care his stuffs fo him.
1Co 9.20: dat I no gotta do wat God's Rules say fo get um right wit him.
1Co 10.2: be dea leada, an wen go unda da cloud an inside da sea wit him.
1Co 10.2: Christ, an get baptize fo show dat we his guys, an follow him.
1Co 10.22: O, you tink us guys mo strong den him?
1Co 10.29: I mean, tink bout wat da odda guy stay tinking, if okay fo him fo eat um.
1Co 10.29: Still yet, if one odda guy tink dat not okay fo him fo do dis ting, an az bad fo him, how come I no can do wat
1Co 10.29: guy tink dat not okay fo him fo do dis ting, an az bad fo him, how come I no can do wat I like, jus cuz da odda guy tink
1Co 10.29: I no can do wat I like, jus cuz da odda guy tink az bad fo him?
1Co 11.4: Cuz Christ stay in charge a dat guy, he da head fo him.
1Co 11.7: Cuz God wen make da man look jalike him, an da man show how awesome God stay.
1Co 11.14: Corint side, if one guy get long hair, jalike az shame fo him, yeah?
1Co 12.29: He make everybody talk fo him?
1Co 14.2: one guy talk diffren kine language, God's Spirit giving him da power fo tell stuff dat still yet stay secret.
1Co 14.22: But wen God make peopo talk fo him, dass fo help da peopo dat trus God, not fo da peopo dat
1Co 14.22: fo help da peopo dat trus God, not fo da peopo dat no trus him.
1Co 14.24: Wat da talka guys say goin make proof to him dat he wen do bad kine stuffs, jalike dey was all judges
1Co 14.24: stuffs, jalike dey was all judges an know everyting bout him awready.”
1Co 15.4: Dey wen bury him.
1Co 15.5: Den Christ wen let Peter see him, an den his Twelve Guys wen see him.
1Co 15.5: wen let Peter see him, an den his Twelve Guys wen see him.
1Co 15.6: bruddas an sistas was togedda, an he wen let all dem see him.
1Co 15.7: Den Christ wen let James see him, an afta, all da guys he wen send all ova da place, dey
1Co 15.7: all da guys he wen send all ova da place, dey wen see him too.
1Co 15.14: peopo, dat no mean notting, an wase time if you guys trus him.
1Co 15.27: But you know, wen he say “everyting get him fo boss” -- fo shua, he not talking bout God, da One dat
1Co 15.27: -- fo shua, he not talking bout God, da One dat wen make him be da boss ova everyting.
1Co 15.28: he goin turn ova everyting to God, da One dat wen make him be da boss fo everyting.”
1Co 15.45: He get one spirit inside him dat can make odda peopo come alive fo real kine too.”
1Co 15.47: God wen make him from da dust.
1Co 15.50: blood an bones inside, not nuff fo come God's kids an get him fo dea King!
1Co 15.58: awready, so den, go do mo an mo plenny good kine stuffs fo him everytime.
1Co 16.10: Timoty, wen he go dea by you guys, take care him so he no need worry bout notting.
1Co 16.11: So no let nobody make him jalike he notting.
1Co 16.11: Help um out befo he go an stay good wit him, so he can come back by me.
1Co 16.11: Me an da odda bruddas, we all stay waiting fo him.
1Co 16.12: Our brudda Apollos, I wen give him plenny good kine words fo go by you guys wit da odda
2Co 2.7: Talk nice to him.
2Co 2.8: shua da guy know how plenny love an aloha you guys get fo him.
2Co 2.14: an win ova da bad kine stuff, an us guys stay tight wit him.
2Co 2.15: God like us guys, cuz we jalike one sweet smell dat make him tink bout Christ.
2Co 3.18: Az how he change us fo come awesome jalike him, mo an moa.
2Co 4.14: God goin put us guys an you guys dea in front him, wea he stay.
2Co 4.15: plenny good kine stuff fo mo an mo peopo, an dey goin tank him plenny, an tell how awesome he stay.
2Co 5.7: way we live, we trus God everytime, no matta we no can see him.
2Co 5.11: Dass why we try help da peopo get same kine respeck fo him.
2Co 5.18: He wen bring us back da same side wit him, cuz a wat Christ wen do.
2Co 5.18: tell us fo work so da odda peopo can come back togedda wit him too.
2Co 5.19: Wen Christ wen stay inside dis world, God wen use him fo bring da peopo inside da world back da same side wit
2Co 5.19: so we can kokua all da odda peopo fo come back togedda wit him.
2Co 5.21: Christ, he neva do notting bad, but God wen make him take da bad kine stuff us guys wen do.
2Co 6.7: give us everyting we need fo fight da bad guy an fo no let him wipe us out.
2Co 6.15: Da guy dat trus God an da guy dat no trus him no can work togedda.
2Co 7.1: clean an spesho fo God, cuz we get so plenny respeck fo him dat jalike we scared a him.
2Co 7.1: cuz we get so plenny respeck fo him dat jalike we scared a him.
2Co 7.15: how you guys wen do wat we wen say, an you guys wen take him in, no matta you guys stay scared an stay shaking.
2Co 8.1: tings God wen do fo da church peopo dat come togedda fo him all ova Macedonia.
2Co 8.6: So we wen tell him fo help you guys some moa, so you guys can pau dis spesho
2Co 8.17: Titus wen like do wat we wen aks him fo do, an he going all out fo go by you guys ova dea.
2Co 8.17: I neva need fo tell him.
2Co 8.18: All da church guys talk good bout him, cuz he work hard fo tell peopo da Good Kine Stuff From
2Co 8.19: An da church guys wen pick him fo go wit us fo do dis good ting fo da peopo dat need
2Co 10.7: he gotta tink bout dis, dat we Christ's guys too, jalike him.
2Co 11.3: Christ fo real kine an stay clean inside yoa heart jalike him.
2Co 12.2: Fourteen years ago somebody wen bring him up inside da mos high part a da sky.
2Co 12.4: no matta he inside o outside his body, somebody wen take him up dea inside God's Beautiful Place.
2Co 12.10: get da power fo come mo strong an den I can handle, cuz a him.
2Co 12.12: Everytime God send one guy fo tell peopo bout him, da guy do awesome an unreal stuff wit power, fo show
2Co 12.18: Titus fo go by you guys, an I wen send da odda brudda wit him.
2Co 12.19: us guys say, God know, cuz we no can hide notting from him, an we stay tight wit Christ.
2Co 13.4: Christ neva have power wen dey wen kill him on top da cross.
Gal 1.4: He wen do dat cuz God our Fadda like him take us outa da bad kine stuff da peopo nowdays stay
Gal 1.15: Latas he tell me fo come by him, cuz he like do someting spesho fo me.
Gal 2.3: But no matta, dey neva make him cut skin fo come one Jew.
Gal 2.4: now dat Jesus Christ wen let us go cuz we stay tight wit him, so we no gotta do wat da Rules say fo get um right wit
Gal 2.7: find out dat God wen trus me fo tell da Good Stuff Bout Him to da peopo who not Jews, jalike Peter tell um to da Jews.
Gal 2.8: Cuz jalike God wen work inside Peter, fo send him fo tell da Jews his Good Stuff, he wen work inside me, fo
Gal 2.11: But wen Peter wen come to Antioch, I wen stand up agains him, cuz he wen do wrong.
Gal 2.14: gotta stick wit da Jewish Rules no moa fo get um right wit him.
Gal 2.16: Us guys trus Jesus Christ, so God say we get um right wit him.
Gal 2.18: I wen teach dat da Rules no can make us get um right wit him, dat show dat I stay broke da Rules.
Gal 3.6: Az why God wen say Abraham get um right wit him.
Gal 3.8: dat he goin make all da diffren peopos get um right wit him, cuz dey trus God.
Gal 3.9: den, God goin do plenny good stuffs fo da peopo who trus him, jalike he wen do fo Abraham, da guy who wen trus him.
Gal 3.9: trus him, jalike he wen do fo Abraham, da guy who wen trus him.
Gal 3.13: Christ wen get our kahuna on top him, cuz da Bible wen say, “Everybody dat dey kill an hang on
Gal 3.21: peopo live foeva, den God wen make peopo get um right wit him wit dem rules.
Gal 3.23: wen stay till da time wen come fo God show us how fo trus him.
Gal 3.24: one babysitter fo bring us to Christ, so dat we can trus him an get um right wit God.
Gal 3.27: tight wit Christ an be his guys, now you goin come like him.
Gal 4.2: Da boy get peopo his fadda wen pick fo take care him an his stuffs.
Gal 4.4: One wahine wen born him, an he gotta do wat da Rules say.
Gal 5.5: We trus God, dass why we wait fo him fo make us get um right wit him, cuz we know dat God's
Gal 5.5: God, dass why we wait fo him fo make us get um right wit him, cuz we know dat God's Spirit goin help us.
Gal 5.8: dat no come from da Boss, who wen tell you guys fo come by him an be his guys.
Gal 5.10: But da bugga dat stay bodda you guys, God goin punish him, no matta who him.
Gal 5.10: dat stay bodda you guys, God goin punish him, no matta who him.
Gal 5.25: we stay tight wit God's Spirit, den we everytime gotta let him stay in charge a us.
Eph 1.1: Jesus wen send me all ova fo tell peopo bout him, cuz dass wat God like me fo do.
Eph 1.4: He wen like us be good an spesho fo him.
Eph 1.5: Dass wat God wen like, an dass wat stay make him stay good inside.
Eph 1.7: do plenny good kine stuff fo us, an cuz we stay tight wit him.
Eph 1.13: An cuz you guys wen go trus Jesus, an stay tight wit him, God wen give you guys his Spesho Spirit, jalike he wen
Eph 1.13: Dass da Spirit dat make you guys go all out fo him, an da Spirit jalike one mark fo show dat you his guys.
Eph 1.15: guys get love an aloha fo all da peopo dat go all out fo him, az why I no stop telling God, “Mahalo plenny fo dem guys!
Eph 1.17: An show dem plenny bout Christ, so dey goin know him mo betta.
Eph 2.13: an mahke fo you guys, fo make you guys come tight wit him.
Eph 2.15: he make da Jewish peopo an da odda peopo come tight wit him togedda.
Eph 2.17: close to God befo time, an by da peopo dat stay close to him.
Eph 2.20: guys he wen send all ova fo tell peopo da Good Stuff bout him, an da guys dat wen go talk fo him, dey jalike da
Eph 2.20: da Good Stuff bout him, an da guys dat wen go talk fo him, dey jalike da foundation.
Eph 3.7: An me, God wen make me one worka guy fo him.
Eph 3.7: jalike one spesho gif, fo tell da Good Kine Stuff From Him.
Eph 3.16: Az why I like him fo send his Spirit fo give you guys da power fo come mo
Eph 3.19: Az wat he like you guys fo be, jalike him.
Eph 3.20: Wateva we like aks him fo do, o wateva we tink he can do, he can do plenny mo den
Eph 4.5: Ony get one way fo trus him.
Eph 4.11: guys, he give um power fo go all ova fo tell peopo bout him.”
Eph 4.11: Odda guys, he give um da power fo talk fo him.
Eph 4.11: guys he give da power fo tell peopo da Good Stuff bout him so dey can trus him.
Eph 4.11: power fo tell peopo da Good Stuff bout him so dey can trus him.
Eph 4.12: give um dat kine power so all da peopo dat stay spesho fo him can be ready fo work fo him, an do stuff fo help odda
Eph 4.12: da peopo dat stay spesho fo him can be ready fo work fo him, an do stuff fo help odda peopo.
Eph 4.24: God wen make dat new kine life so you guys can come jalike him.
Eph 5.24: da church guys, show plenny respeck fo Christ an lissen to him, same ting, da wifes gotta everytime show plenny respeck
Eph 6.21: he one brudda I get love an aloha fo, an you guys can trus him.
Eph 6.22: Dass why I goin send him by you guys, so you guys can know how we stay, an so he
Php 1.21: stay tight wit Christ, an if I gotta mahke I stay live wit him, an dass even mo betta.
Php 1.29: God let you guys not ony trus Christ, but suffa fo him too.
Php 2.7: Wen da peopo see him, dey figga he jus one guy.
Php 2.9: He wen give him one spesho name, Fo tell wat kine guy him.
Php 2.9: He wen give him one spesho name, Fo tell wat kine guy him.
Php 2.10: wat kine guy Jesus, dey goin go down on dea knees in front him.
Php 2.17: Dass jalike you making one spesho sacrifice fo him.
Php 2.22: Him an me, we work togedda fo tell da Good Kine Stuff From
Php 2.23: I goin send him right afta I find out wass goin happen to me.
Php 2.25: You guys wen send him ova hea fo tell me how you guys stay, an fo kokua me
Php 2.26: Bodda him plenny dat you guys wen hear he stay sick.
Php 2.27: But God wen get pity fo him, an give him chance fo make um come good.
Php 2.27: But God wen get pity fo him, an give him chance fo make um come good.
Php 2.28: Dass why I really like send him back ova dea.
Php 2.28: Wen you guys see him again, you guys goin feel good inside, an den, I no need
Php 2.29: So, show him plenny aloha, an take him in, cuz you guys stay tight wit
Php 2.29: So, show him plenny aloha, an take him in, cuz you guys stay tight wit da Boss.
Php 2.30: stuff dat you guys neva can do fo kokua me, an neva bodda him if he mahke.
Php 3.9: I get um right wit him cuz I trus Christ, dass why!
Php 3.9: Dat way, wen I trus him, God da One dat wen make me come right wit him.
Php 3.9: wen I trus him, God da One dat wen make me come right wit him.
Php 3.10: I like him make dat power work inside me.
Php 3.10: Wen I suffa cuz I Christ's guy, I like handle um jalike him.
Php 3.10: jalike Christ, so wen I go mahke, I goin handle um jalike him.
Php 3.20: We stay waiting fo him come back from dea, cuz he da guy dat goin take us outa da
Php 3.21: body wen come real awesome, an he goin make us come jalike him.
Php 4.6: pray bout um, an aks God fo do wateva you guys like him fo do.
Php 4.6: An same time, no foget tell him, “Mahalo plenny!
Php 4.18: Dass jalike da kine sacrifice dat smell real nice to him.
Col 1.2: guys inside Colosse dat trus Christ an stay tight wit him.
Col 1.5: you guys know God get someting good fo you guys up dea wit him in da sky.
Col 1.5: trus God, cuz you guys wen hear da Good An True Stuff From Him.
Col 1.7: Christ wen give him da job fo help you guys, an you guys no need worry
Col 1.13: an wen take us wea Jesus stay inside da light, an make him our King.
Col 1.13: Jesus God's Boy, an his Fadda get love an aloha fo him.
Col 1.17: dea first, befo everyting, An everyting stay togedda cuz a him.
Col 1.21: guys wen had it wit God, an you guys neva like bodda wit him.
Col 1.26: But now he let da peopo dat stay spesho fo him see um an undastan um.
Col 2.6: Jesus Christ yoa boss, make shua you guys stay tight wit him everytime.
Col 2.7: Den you guys goin stay strong inside him jalike one good solid tree.
Col 2.7: Come mo an mo solid, how you guys trus him, jalike how we wen teach you guys.
Col 2.12: Wen dey baptize you wit water, jalike you get buried wit him, an you stay come back alive wit him, cuz you stay trus
Col 2.12: you get buried wit him, an you stay come back alive wit him, cuz you stay trus wat God doing inside you.
Col 3.3: guys wen mahke wit Christ, but now you guys stay tight wit him an you get da real kine life.
Col 3.4: Wen he come back, den you guys goin show up wit him too, an everyting goin be awesome.
Col 3.10: da first time, an now he everytime stay make you guys know him mo betta, an come mo an mo jalike him.
Col 3.10: make you guys know him mo betta, an come mo an mo jalike him.
Col 3.12: love an aloha fo all you guys, an you guys stay spesho fo him.
Col 3.13: Boss wen let you guys go, so den you guys, go make jalike him.
Col 3.25: guy dat do someting wrong to somebody, goin come back to him bumbye.
Col 4.7: He one good brudda, an I feel plenny love an aloha fo him.
Col 4.7: Him an me work togedda fo da Boss.
Col 4.9: All da bruddas hea get love an aloha fo him, an he one guy from Colosse, you know.
Col 4.10: Mark, dass Barnabas cousin, I wen tell you guys bout him befo.”
Col 4.10: If he come by you guys, take good care him.
Col 4.14: Him an Demas say “Aloha” too.
1Th 1.3: way you guys work real hard cuz you get love an aloha fo him, an da way you guys hang in dea cuz you stay shua dat our
1Th 1.9: da God dat stay alive an stay fo real, an you go work fo him.
1Th 1.10: God wen make him come back alive afta he wen mahke, an he da One dat goin
1Th 2.4: know he can trus us guys fo tell da Good Kine Stuff from him.
1Th 2.7: You know, Christ wen send us all ova fo talk fo him, an cuz a dat we get da right fo aks you guys fo plenny
1Th 2.19: Wen our Boss Jesus come back, us guys goin stand in front him.
1Th 3.10: give you guys da kine stuff you need still yet fo trus him all da way.
1Th 3.13: poin finga you guys, cuz you guys stay good an spesho fo him!
1Th 4.3: He like you guys be good an spesho fo him, an no go fool aroun da guys o da wahines notting.
1Th 4.7: He tell us dat so we can come his peopo, good an spesho fo him.”
1Th 4.14: peopo dat was Jesus guys befo dey wen mahke, fo stay wit him.
1Th 4.15: stay hea dat time wen da Boss come back, we no goin go by him befo God's odda peopo dat wen mahke awready get dea.
1Th 5.8: So we trus God, an get love an aloha fo him an his peopo.
1Th 5.8: on top da army guy's chest, so da odda guy no can kill him.
1Th 5.10: alive o we mahke dat time, we goin live fo real kine wit him.
1Th 5.23: I like God make you guys be good an spesho fo him; an make you guys stay clean inside -- spirit, heart,
2Th 1.8: God goin punish da peopo dat donno him, an no like lissen to da Good Stuff Bout Our Boss Jesus.
2Th 1.10: cuz he goin stay tight wit da peopo dat stay spesho fo him.
2Th 1.10: An all da peopo dat wen trus him, dey goin say, "Wow!
2Th 1.10: guys, cuz you guys wen trus da stuff we wen tell you bout him.
2Th 1.11: all da good kine stuff you like do cuz you guys stay trus him.”
2Th 1.12: An cuz a him, dey goin say good tings bout you guys too.
2Th 2.1: Den we all goin go wea he stay, an be wit him ova dea.
2Th 2.8: Bad Guy dat stay broke all da rules, everybody goin see him an know wat kine guy him.
2Th 2.8: all da rules, everybody goin see him an know wat kine guy him.
2Th 2.8: But da Boss Jesus goin show up an kill him.
2Th 2.9: Guy dat stay broke all da rules, da Devil goin take ova him an give um choke power.
2Th 2.13: mean, God's Spirit goin make you guys be good an spesho fo him, an help you guys stay trus da stuff dat stay true.
2Th 3.3: But da Boss, we can trus him.
2Th 3.4: Us guys stay trus da Boss, an we stay tight wit him.
2Th 3.14: Stay away from him.
2Th 3.16: I like him make you guys hearts stay rest inside everytime, no matta
1Ti 1.12: Our Boss Jesus, da Spesho Guy God Wen Send, I like tell him “Mahalo plenny!
1Ti 1.13: me chance, cuz I neva know wat I was doing, an I neva trus him dat time.
1Ti 1.1: da Spesho Guy God Wen Send, all us guys stay wait fo see him an come jalike him.
1Ti 1.1: Wen Send, all us guys stay wait fo see him an come jalike him.
1Ti 1.4: Fo do dat, gotta trus him.
head: Our Boss Jesus, da Spesho Guy God Wen Send, I like tell him “Mahalo plenny!
head: me chance, cuz I neva know wat I was doing, an I neva trus him dat time.
1Ti 1.13_1: Az why I can trus him, an I can show love an aloha jalike him.
1Ti 1.13_1: Az why I can trus him, an I can show love an aloha jalike him.
1Ti 1.17: Nobody can see him fo real kine.
1Ti 1.17: Dass why us guys like tell him we get respeck fo him, an he stay awesome foeva an eva.
1Ti 1.17: Dass why us guys like tell him we get respeck fo him, an he stay awesome foeva an eva.
1Ti 2.1: Make shua you guys pray to him wit respeck.
1Ti 2.1: Aks him fo do good tings fo odda peopo.
1Ti 3.4: His kids lissen an show respeck fo him.
1Ti 3.6: Cuz if he get big head, den God punish him jalike God goin punish da Devil.)
1Ti 3.7: Gotta be dat da peopo dat no go church say good tings bout him cuz a da way he ack.
1Ti 3.13: talk bout Jesus, da Spesho Guy God Wen Send, cuz dey trus him, an dey know wat dey talking bout.
1Ti 3.16: Da angel guys from God wen see him.
1Ti 3.16: His guys wen teach Da diffren peopos all ova da world bout him.
1Ti 3.16: Get peopo inside da world dat trus him.
1Ti 3.16: God wen take him back To da awesome place inside da sky.
1Ti 4.3: know, God wen make all kine food, so dat us guys dat trus him an know wass true, we can eat um an tank him fo da food.
1Ti 4.3: guys dat trus him an know wass true, we can eat um an tank him fo da food.
1Ti 4.5: stay spesho fo God, cuz God wen say dat, an cuz we tank him fo um.
1Ti 4.6: Wat God say goin help you trus him an know da good kine teaching.
1Ti 4.10: stuff dey doing, an dass wat he do fo da peopo dat trus him.
1Ti 6.13: I telling you dis stuff in front him.
1Ti 6.13: wen do good job, dat time he wen tell da trut bout who him in front da governa, Pontius Pilate.
1Ti 6.16: He so good, no can come near him, Jalike one real strong light you no can look at.
1Ti 6.16: No mo nobody eva see him, An no mo nobody can see him fo real kine.
1Ti 6.16: No mo nobody eva see him, An no mo nobody can see him fo real kine.
2Ti 1.2: -- he da One dat wen send me all aroun fo tell peopo bout him.
2Ti 1.6: on top you an pray, God wen make you so you can work fo him.
2Ti 1.9: He wen tell us fo come an be all out fo him.
2Ti 1.10: dat Cuz Jesus Christ wen show up hea an us guys wen see him.
2Ti 1.18: Bumbye wen da Boss come back, I like him do plenny good tings fo Onesiforus.
2Ti 2.4: dey ony do wat dea army leada guy tell um fo do, fo make him stay good inside.
2Ti 2.8: God wen make him come back alive, afta he wen mahke.
2Ti 2.10: stuff dey stay in, an he goin make um come awesome jalike him foeva.
2Ti 2.11: “If us guys mahke wit Christ, We goin live to da max wit him.
2Ti 2.21: use um, an dey stay ready fo go do any good kine stuff fo him.
2Ti 2.25: Wen peopo talk agains him, he gotta teach um da true stuff, but do um nice.
2Ti 3.15: God's Spesho Guy Jesus Christ, an gotta stay tight wit him.
2Ti 3.16: cuz God wen put um inside da guys heads dat wen talk fo him befo time.
2Ti 4.8: odda peopo get love an aloha fo da Boss an dat really like him fo come back, he goin give dem dea spesho medal too.
2Ti 4.14: Da Boss goin pay him back bumbye, jalike he wen do to me.
2Ti 4.17: Cuz he like me fo tell da peopo everyting bout him, dass why.
2Ti 4.22: An I like him fo do plenny good kine stuffs fo all you guys!”
Tit 1.1: God Wen Send, he wen send me all ova fo tell peopo bout him.
Tit 1.1: Jesus wen send me fo help all da guys God wen pick fo trus him.
Tit 1.7: fo take care tings fo God, an den, nobody can poin finga him.
Tit 1.16: Dey stand up in front everybody an tell, “God, I know him!
Tit 1.16: But den, dey go turn aroun an ack jalike dey donno him.
Tit 2.5: kine peopo, an how fo show respeck fo dea husban an let him be da leada.
Tit 3.7: all dat good stuff fo us, so us guys can get um right wit him.
Tit 3.10: If somebody like split up da church guys, tell him az wrong fo do dat.
Tit 3.10: If he no stop, tell him one mo time.
Phm 1.2: Tell him “Aloha!”
Phm 1.6: You stay trus Jesus jalike we all trus him.
Phm 1.10: I like tell you dis bout him: now, he jalike my boy, an I jalike his fadda, fo real
Phm 1.10: boy, an I jalike his fadda, fo real kine, cuz I wen help him trus God wen he was inside da jail wit me.
Phm 1.12: He da guy I goin send by you, an my heart stay wit him.
Phm 1.13: I wen like keep him ova hea wit me, so he can help me da same way you wen like
Phm 1.15: I tink dass why God wen let him go way from you fo litto bit, so dat you goin get him back
Phm 1.15: let him go way from you fo litto bit, so dat you goin get him back foeva.
Phm 1.16: We all get love an aloha fo him, but I get even mo, an you too, even mo plenny!
Phm 1.16: You know him jalike befo, an now you an him know each odda jalike you
Phm 1.16: You know him jalike befo, an now you an him know each odda jalike you bruddas, cuz you an him stay
Phm 1.16: you an him know each odda jalike you bruddas, cuz you an him stay tight wit da Boss Jesus.
Phm 1.17: If you tink me an you work togedda good, I like you take him in, jalike was me who goin come yoa house.
Phm 1.23: He stay inside da jail wit me, cuz me an him stay tight wit da Spesho Guy God Wen Send, Jesus.
Heb 2.3: Had peopo dat wen hear him, an dey wen show us guys proof dat da tings he wen say was
Heb 2.3: But if us guys no like lissen him, no way we goin get outa da bad kine stuff.
Heb 2.4: An one nodda ting: God wen show dat da peopo dat wen hear him befo, stay telling da trut, cuz he wen do all kine awesome
Heb 2.4: cuz he wen do all kine awesome stuff wit power fo show who him.
Heb 2.9: bit time, da angel guys was litto bit mo importan den him.
Heb 2.9: Jesus wen go suffa an mahke fo everybody, God “wen make him awesome, an show him plenny respeck, jalike God go put one
Heb 2.9: an mahke fo everybody, God “wen make him awesome, an show him plenny respeck, jalike God go put one crown on top his
Heb 2.10: An God da One dat wen do um, cuz everyting az fo him, an everyting stay cuz he wen make um.
Heb 2.11: An him an dem, jalike dey all get da same Fadda.
Heb 2.15: Da Devil make um scared, so dey lissen him, jalike dey slaves unda him.
Heb 2.15: make um scared, so dey lissen him, jalike dey slaves unda him.
Heb 2.17: Cuz az who him, he goin hemo da shame fo all da bad kine stuff da peopo
Heb 3.2: God wen send Jesus, an Jesus wen do everyting God wen trus him fo do.
Heb 3.2: Jalike Moses wen do everyting God wen trus him fo do wit all God's peopo.
Heb 3.5: He wen take care everyting dat God wen trus him fo do wit all God's peopo.
Heb 3.14: an stay trussing God all da way, jalike wen we wen trus him da first time.
Heb 3.18: Az was da peopo dat no like lissen him.
Heb 4.3: dat trus God, jalike we “go inside God's place an rest wit him.
Heb 4.3: An still yet, cuz dem guys neva trus him, he neva let um go inside da land.’-”
Heb 4.13: Cuz everyting stay open fo him check um out.
Heb 4.14: we trus Jesus, we gotta hang in dea an no give up fo trus him.
Heb 5.5: God wen tell him, “Today I wen tell Dat you my Boy!
Heb 5.7: an he wen cry real loud, cuz he know dat God can take him outa dea so he no gotta mahke.”
Heb 5.7: An God wen lissen to him, cuz Christ all da time show him respeck, an ony do wat
Heb 5.7: An God wen lissen to him, cuz Christ all da time show him respeck, an ony do wat God say.”
Heb 5.8: No matta Christ God's Boy, wat he wen suffa wen teach him fo lissen God.
Heb 5.9: an now he da One dat take all da peopo dat lissen to him outa da bad kine stuff dey stay doing.
Heb 6.6: wen kill God's Boy on top da cross one mo time, an make him shame in front everybody again.
Heb 6.10: ting, so he no goin foget how plenny you guys wen work fo him, an how you guys wen show him love an aloha cuz you know
Heb 6.10: plenny you guys wen work fo him, an how you guys wen show him love an aloha cuz you know who him.
Heb 6.10: how you guys wen show him love an aloha cuz you know who him.
Heb 6.13: Befo time God wen make one promise to him.
Heb 6.19: Wen we trus God lidat, den we can come tight wit him, jalike wen da Jewish main pries go inside da Real, Real
Heb 7.3: coming back, Melkizedek wen go out from Salem Town fo meet him.
Heb 7.4: so importan dat our ancesta guy, Abraham, even wen give him da bestes ten percent from all da stuffs he wen take back
Heb 7.6: wen make promises to, but still yet, Melkizedek wen tell him, “God goin do plenny good kine stuffs fo you.
Heb 7.15: Him, he da Melkizedek kine pries, not da Aaron kine pries.
Heb 7.16: power fo live to da max foeva, an no mo notting can wipe him out.)
Heb 7.17: Da Bible wen say dis bout him befo time: “You goin stay one pries foeva, Jalike
Heb 7.19: So den, now we stay shua we goin trus him.
Heb 7.19: An cuz a dat we stay tight wit him.
Heb 7.21: God wen tell him, “I da Boss.
Heb 7.25: dea fo aks God fo help fo da peopo dat come to God cuz a him.
Heb 7.26: Nobody can poin finga him notting.
Heb 7.26: An God wen make him mo importan den everyting inside da world o inside da sky.
Heb 8.5: why, wen Moses wen tink fo make da big tent, God wen tell him, “Make shua you do everyting jalike da picha I wen show
Heb 9.1: Jewish peopo, he wen give dem da Rules how fo pray an show him love an respeck.
Heb 9.28: but he goin come back fo hemo da peopo dat stay waiting fo him, from da bad kine stuff.
Heb 10.1: perfeck da peopo dat like come tight wit God fo go show him love an respeck.
Heb 10.10: Jesus Christ wen do wat God like him fo do.”
Heb 10.13: make all da peopo dat go agains Christ go down in front him fo show dat Christ wen fight an win ova dem.
Heb 10.28: No mo odda chance fo him.
Heb 10.29: to God's Boy jalike he poho, jalike dey walking all ova him.
Heb 10.32: you guys see his light an trut, an you guys wen go trus him.
Heb 11.5: Dass why God wen take him away, an he neva mahke.
Heb 11.5: Cuz God wen take him away, nobody no can find him dat time.
Heb 11.5: Cuz God wen take him away, nobody no can find him dat time.
Heb 11.5: But befo God wen take him, God wen tell, Enok, he one good guy.
Heb 11.5: He do everyting I like him fo do.
Heb 11.6: An if dey like know him fo real kine, dey gotta believe dat God goin make shua dey
Heb 11.6: dey gotta believe dat God goin make shua dey goin know him.
Heb 11.8: One time God wen tell him fo go one place dat goin come his land bumbye.
Heb 11.9: wen make house ova dea, cuz God wen make promise fo give him dat land bumbye.
Heb 11.18: Abraham, he wen trus God dat time wen God wen check him out.
Heb 11.18: So, he like give up his boy Isaac fo make him be da sacrifice.
Heb 11.23: Dass why, afta he wen born, dey wen hide him fo three months, cuz dey see dat he one spesho baby.
Heb 11.24: Dass why, wen he come big, he no let nobody make to him like he King Pharaoh's daughta's hanai boy no matta dass
Heb 11.26: Cuz he stay shua dat God goin pay him back good kine.
Heb 11.27: go, he no scared da king, no matta da king plenny huhu wit him.
Heb 11.31: God wen wipe out da Jericho peopo dat neva like lissen to him, he neva wipe her out.
Heb 11.39: An all dose guys, God say dey good peopo, cuz dey wen trus him.
Heb 12.2: suffa on top da cross, he wen hang in dea, an neva bodda him dat dey wen make him shame.
Heb 12.2: he wen hang in dea, an neva bodda him dat dey wen make him shame.
Heb 12.3: wit all kine bad stuff from all da bad peopo who wen give him hard time.
Heb 12.10: us guys learn stuff, so dat we come good an spesho jalike him.
Heb 12.14: da peopo dat go all out fo stay spesho fo da Boss goin see him fo real kine.
Heb 12.17: you guys rememba dat bumbye, wen Esau like his fadda give him da right fo be da leada fo dea ohana, an tell him dat God
Heb 12.17: give him da right fo be da leada fo dea ohana, an tell him dat God goin do good tings fo him, his fadda no can, no
Heb 12.17: fo dea ohana, an tell him dat God goin do good tings fo him, his fadda no can, no matta Esau wen cry plenny.
Heb 12.22: wen God wen make da new deal fo us guys come tight wit him, jalike da time yoa ancesta guys wen go by him on top Zion
Heb 12.22: tight wit him, jalike da time yoa ancesta guys wen go by him on top Zion Mountain wea he stay.
Heb 12.28: God goin give us guys da right fo come jalike kings wit him.
Heb 12.28: Wen we do dat, we show him all kine love an respeck, cuz we know how plenny awesome
Heb 13.6: Bible wen say: “Da Boss, he da One dat help me wen I need him.
Heb 13.13: kine to us, jalike dey wen make any kine to Jesus fo make him shame.
Heb 13.15: we goin tell everybody dat we God's guys, cuz we know who him!
Heb 13.21: I like him fo do stuff inside us guys dat make him stay good inside.
Heb 13.21: I like him fo do stuff inside us guys dat make him stay good inside.
Jas 1.6: But if you goin aks him fo someting, you gotta trus him.
Jas 1.6: But if you goin aks him fo someting, you gotta trus him.
Jas 1.12: dat God wen promise to da peopo dat get love an aloha fo him.
Jas 1.12: Dass jalike God give him da prize, cuz he wen fight da bad kine stuff, an win!
Jas 1.27: Dat kine guy, he no goin let da peopo inside da world make him do bad kine stuff.
Jas 2.3: Den you guys make nice to him, an you tell um, “Come!
Jas 2.5: So dey trus him plenny, jalike dey rich inside.
Jas 2.5: promise awready to all da peopo dat get love an aloha fo him.
Jas 2.21: all us Jewish guys come from, he wen do wat God wen tell him, wen he wen put his boy Isaac on top da altar fo make
Jas 2.22: An da tings he wen do wen help him fo trus God all da way.
Jas 2.23: wen trus God, so God wen make Abraham get um right wit him.
Jas 2.24: too, if you like God fo say dat you get um right wit him.
Jas 2.25: Az why God wen say she get um right wit him.
Jas 4.5: us guys, an he no like if dat spirit no stay all out fo him ony.
Jas 4.6: But da guy dat put himself last, An da odda guy befo him, God goin do plenny fo dat guy.
Jas 4.7: So den, give yoaself to him.”
Jas 5.15: Da Boss goin make him get up.
Jas 5.15: bad, da Boss goin let um go fo dat, an hemo da shame from him.
Jas 5.17: An God wen hear him an wen do um.
Jas 5.19: wrong ting an go way from wass true, an one nodda guy help him fo come back, an do da right ting, dass good.
1Pe 1.1: send me all ova da place fo tell peopo da Good Stuff from him.
1Pe 1.2: God's Spirit wen make you guys spesho fo him, so you guys can do everyting Jesus Christ tell you guys
1Pe 1.2: blood on top you guys fo show dat you guys stay spesho fo him.
head: We Stay Trus God, An Our Hearts Wait Fo Him
1Pe 1.5: take care you guys, an he no let nobody hemo you guys from him.
1Pe 1.7: how awesome he stay, an dey goin get plenny respeck fo him.
1Pe 1.8: guys neva see Jesus, still yet you get love an aloha fo him.
1Pe 1.8: You guys still no can see him, but still yet you guys trus him.
1Pe 1.8: You guys still no can see him, but still yet you guys trus him.
head: God Tell Us Fo Stay Spesho Fo Him
1Pe 1.13: Stay ready fo trus Jesus Christ all da way till God bring him back, cuz dass wen God goin give you guys all good kine
1Pe 1.15: you guys gotta be good an spesho too, everytime, jalike him.
1Pe 1.21: God wen make Christ come back alive again, an make him come awesome.
1Pe 1.21: now, God da One you guys stay trus, an you stay waiting fo him fo do wat he say.
1Pe 2.4: da builda guys wen throw out, but den God wen still pick him.
1Pe 2.6: Anybody dat goin trus him plenny, Dey no need worry notting.
1Pe 2.7: You guys dat trus him, he worth plenny to you guys, too.”
1Pe 2.7: But den, fo da peopo dat no trus him, da Bible say, “Da stone da builda guys wen throw out, Dat
1Pe 2.22: Nobody wen hear him bulai eva.
1Pe 2.23: Wen dey wen say any kine to him, he neva say any kine back.
1Pe 2.24: Christ, he da One dat wen take wit him all da bad kine stuff we wen do, wen he wen go mahke on
1Pe 3.1: some husbans dat no like do wat God say, dey goin go trus him, not cuz a wat you say, but cuz dey see how you make.
1Pe 3.5: Dass da way da wahines dat wen stay spesho fo God an trus him long time ago wen make.
1Pe 3.12: jalike dey suppose to, An he lissen good wen dey pray to him, But da Boss stay agains da peopo dat do da bad kine
1Pe 3.18: Christ was one guy jalike us, But peopo wen kill him, An God's Spirit wen make him come alive again.
1Pe 3.18: us, But peopo wen kill him, An God's Spirit wen make him come alive again.
1Pe 4.5: Bumbye dey goin stand in front God da Judge an tell him how come dey wen make lidat.
1Pe 4.5: You know, everybody gotta stand in front him, da guys dat stay alive an da guys dat wen mahke.
1Pe 4.19: So den, wen God let his peopo suffa, dey can trus him fo take care dem, cuz he wen make dem, an he do wat he say
2Pe 1.1: He wen send me all ova da place fo tell peopo bout him.
2Pe 1.3: God do dat, cuz us guys know him real good.
2Pe 1.8: No goin be wase time, but you goin know him real good.
2Pe 1.9: God wen clean him up inside from all da bad kine stuff he wen do from befo
2Pe 1.18: I get love an aloha fo him.
2Pe 2.4: Deep Dark Hole till da time wen dey gotta stand in front him.
2Pe 2.7: Wen bodda him plenny, how da odda guys wen go buckaloose da way dey neva
2Pe 2.8: All dat wen make him suffa plenny inside.
2Pe 2.9: show dat da Boss know how fo take peopo dat like lissen to him outa trouble.
2Pe 2.16: Da donkey wen try stop him, so he no do da kine crazy stuff he like do.
2Pe 3.8: Fo him, one day, o one tousand years, same same.
2Pe 3.9: He no like nobody get cut off from him.
2Pe 3.15: God wen give him da kine smarts, az why he write lidat.
2Pe 3.18: He like do plenny fo you guys, an he like you guys know him mo betta.
1Jn 1.1: everyting had start, had one Guy, “God's Talk,” dass who him.
1Jn 1.1: know, me an da odda guys dat was wit Jesus, we wen hear him, see him wit our own eyes, look at him real good, an touch
1Jn 1.1: me an da odda guys dat was wit Jesus, we wen hear him, see him wit our own eyes, look at him real good, an touch him wit
1Jn 1.1: Jesus, we wen hear him, see him wit our own eyes, look at him real good, an touch him wit our hands.
1Jn 1.1: see him wit our own eyes, look at him real good, an touch him wit our hands.
1Jn 1.2: We wen see him, an now we tell you guys fo shua bout da real kine life he
1Jn 1.2: Dat life come from him.
1Jn 1.5: wen tell us, an we tell you guys: God, he good, an wit him fo shua no mo notting bad.
1Jn 2.17: But da guy dat do wat God like him fo do, he goin live fo real kine foeva.
1Jn 2.27: So, jalike he wen teach you guys, stick wit him.
1Jn 2.28: wen he come back, we no need be scared o shame in front him.
1Jn 3.2: But we know dat wen Christ come back, we goin be jalike him, cuz we goin see him jalike he stay.
1Jn 3.2: Christ come back, we goin be jalike him, cuz we goin see him jalike he stay.
1Jn 3.3: Everybody dat know dat, an stay trus Christ, an wait fo him, dat guy make his own heart clean inside, jalike Christ
1Jn 3.6: stay do bad kine stuff, jalike dey neva see Christ o know him fo real kine.
1Jn 3.12: How come he wen kill him?
1Jn 3.22: An we get from God wateva we aks him fo do, cuz we do wat he tell us, an do wat he like.
1Jn 4.9: world, so dat we can come alive inside fo real kine, cuz a him.
1Jn 4.10: fo us guys, no matta us guys neva get love an aloha fo him.
1Jn 4.14: see God's Boy, an we tell everybody dat da Fadda wen send him fo take da peopo inside dis world outa da bad kine stuff
1Jn 5.6: da Guy dat wen come wit water, dat time John wen baptize him.
1Jn 5.6: He come wit blood, dat time dey wen kill him.
1Jn 5.10: Whoeva trus God's Boy get wat God say bout him inside his heart.
1Jn 5.12: Whoeva stick wit God's Boy get dat kine life inside him.
1Jn 5.12: Whoeva no stick wit God's Boy no mo dat kine life inside him.
1Jn 5.15: An if we know dat he stay lissen fo wateva we aks him, den we know dat we goin get da tings we wen aks him fo
1Jn 5.15: aks him, den we know dat we goin get da tings we wen aks him fo do.
1Jn 5.18: kid no stay doing bad kine stuff, cuz God's Boy take care him, an da Bad Guy, da Devil, no can hurt him.
1Jn 5.18: Boy take care him, an da Bad Guy, da Devil, no can hurt him.
2Jn 1.10: an he no stay tell da same kine stuff we teach, no tell him fo come yoa house, an no tell him “Aloha.
2Jn 1.10: stuff we teach, no tell him fo come yoa house, an no tell him “Aloha.
2Jn 1.11: Cuz da guy dat tell him “Aloha,” he stay doing da same kine bad stuff dat da
3Jn 1.10: An dass not nuff fo him.
3Jn 1.12: Us guys talk good bout him too, an you guys know dat wat we say stay true.
Jud 1.1: God da Fadda wen tell you guys fo come by him an be his guys.
Jud 1.1: He get plenny love an aloha fo you guys dat stay tight wit him, an Jesus Christ take good care you guys.
Jud 1.3: you guys dis: God wen teach da peopo dat stay spesho fo him, ony one time, fo all time, da stuff you guys wen trus.
Jud 1.5: eva, den afta dat, he wen wipe out da peopo dat neva trus him.
Jud 1.9: mahke, but he no dare poin finga da Devil an talk bad to him.
Jud 1.15: Everybody goin stand in front him, An he goin show all da bad kine stuff dey wen do, Da guys
Jud 1.15: da bad kine stuff dey wen do, Da guys dat no mo respeck fo him.
Jud 1.15: goin show all da bad kine stuff Da da guys dat no respeck him wen say agains him.
Jud 1.15: kine stuff Da da guys dat no respeck him wen say agains him.
Jud 1.24: He can bring you guys in front him An make you no mo bad kine stuff, An you stay feel real
Rev 1.1: Jesus, he da Spesho Guy God Wen Send, an God wen show him da stuff dat nobody eva know befo time.
Rev 1.1: God like Jesus make um clear to da peopo dat work fo him.
Rev 1.5: An Jesus Christ, da Spesho Guy God Wen Send, I like him do plenny good tings fo you guys.
Rev 1.5: He da One dat tell da trut bout wat God tell him.
Rev 1.7: Everybody goin see him wit dea eyes, Even da guys dat wen stab him wit dea spear.
Rev 1.7: goin see him wit dea eyes, Even da guys dat wen stab him wit dea spear.
Rev 1.7: peopos all ova da world goin cry An feel sore inside cuz a him.
Rev 1.17: Wen I see him, I wen go down by his feet jalike I mahke.
Rev 2.1: dat come togedda fo church Efesus side, write one letta to him, an say dis: Da One dat hold da seven stars inside his
Rev 2.8: dat come togedda fo church Smyrna side, write one letta to him, an say dis: Da One dass first an last, da One dat wen
Rev 2.12: come togedda fo church Pergamum side, write one letta to him, an say dis: Da guy dat get da sword dat get two side
Rev 2.18: come togedda fo church Tyatira side, write one letta to him, an say dis: Dis wat God's Boy say, da One dat get eyes
Rev 3.1: who come togedda fo church Sardis side, write one letta to him, an say dis: Da One dat stay in charge a da seven spirits
Rev 3.7: togedda fo church Philadelphia side, write one letta to him, an say dis: Da One who stay living ony fo God, you can
Rev 3.7: say dis: Da One who stay living ony fo God, you can trus him everytime fo tell da trut.
Rev 3.14: come togedda fo church Laodicea side, write one letta to him, an say dis: Da One dat stay true, who tell everyting
Rev 3.15: I like mo betta if you guys was all out fo God, o agains him.
Rev 3.20: an open da door, I goin go inside his place, an eat wit him, an he goin eat wit me.
Rev 4.3: Da One dat sit dea get strong light dat come from him, jalike da light dat come from da jasper stone an da red
Rev 4.3: An aroun him had one rainbow dat look jalike da green emerald.
Rev 4.9: Da four tings dat stay alive, dey show respeck fo him, an tell him “Mahalo plenny!”
Rev 4.9: tings dat stay alive, dey show respeck fo him, an tell him “Mahalo plenny!”
Rev 4.10: God dat sit on top da throne, an show love an respeck fo him.”
Rev 5.6: Look like dey wen kill him awready.
Rev 5.6: All aroun him had da four tings dat stay alive, an da older leada guys.
Rev 5.8: all da tings da peopo dat stay spesho fo God wen aks him fo do.
Rev 5.12: He get da right fo everybody give respeck to him, An tell how awesome he stay, An tell him he good heart
Rev 5.12: give respeck to him, An tell how awesome he stay, An tell him he good heart cuz he give us everyting!
Rev 6.2: one army guy fo fight an win agains da guys dat hate him.
Rev 6.8: an da boss fo da Mahke Peopo's Place wen follow behind him.
Rev 7.3: from our God on top da forehead a da peopo dat work fo him dat stay alive!
Rev 7.14: I tell him, “Mista, I donno.
Rev 7.15: Dass why dey stay in front God's throne, An work fo him all day an all nite inside his temple.
Rev 8.3: da gold kine altar in front God's throne, fo give um to him.
Rev 10.7: secret ting jalike he wen plan, jalike da Good Stuff From Him say, dat he wen tell da guys dat wen work fo him an talk
Rev 10.7: From Him say, dat he wen tell da guys dat wen work fo him an talk fo him befo time.
Rev 10.7: dat he wen tell da guys dat wen work fo him an talk fo him befo time.
Rev 10.9: I wen go by da angel guy an aks him fo give me da small paper.
Rev 12.5: But God wen grab up da boy to him an to his throne.
Rev 12.9: God wen throw him an his angel messenja guys down on top da earth.
Rev 12.10: our bruddas an sistas all day an all nite, God wen throw him down hea on top da earth.
Rev 12.11: An dey wen tell dat dey trus him.
Rev 13.2: an his throne, an da right fo take charge a da peopo wit him.
Rev 13.4: give da Wild Animal da right fo take charge a da peopo wit him.
Rev 13.4: No mo nobody can go fight one war agains him an win!
Rev 13.10: peopo, dey gotta hang in dea an lissen to God an trus him!
Rev 13.13: Wild Animal wen do all kine awesome stuff fo show wat kine him.
Rev 13.14: one statue fo da first Wild Animal, fo show respeck fo him.
Rev 14.1: He stay standing on top Mount Zion, an wit him was 144,000 peopo dat get God's Baby Sheep's name an his
Rev 14.4: Every place God's Baby Sheep Guy go, dey go wit him.
Rev 17.3: Dat animal get names all ova him dat talk stink bout God, an get seven head an ten horn.
Rev 17.14: guys, dey do wat dey say dey goin do, an dey goin stay wit him.
Rev 18.1: An da light dat come from him make da earth light up all ova.
Rev 19.5: an say, “Everybody dat work fo our God, An get respeck fo him, All da big an small peopo too, Talk good bout him!
Rev 19.5: fo him, All da big an small peopo too, Talk good bout him!
Rev 19.7: He goin take his peopo fo be wit him, An dey wen make demself ready fo him, Jalike da groom
Rev 19.7: his peopo fo be wit him, An dey wen make demself ready fo him, Jalike da groom take his bride An she wen make herself
Rev 19.7: da groom take his bride An she wen make herself ready fo him.
Rev 19.10: An I wen go down by da angel's feet fo show him love an respeck.”
Rev 19.11: an dea in front me had one white horse wit one guy on top him.
Rev 19.12: He get one name dat dey write on top him dat nobody know.
Rev 19.12: Ony him, he know um.
Rev 19.14: All da army guys inside da sky stay go wit him.
Rev 20.2: Dass da Devil, an dey call him Satan too.
Rev 20.6: be jalike pries guys, an dey goin be kings an queens wit him one tousand years.
Rev 20.11: Da earth an da sky wen go way from him, an nobody eva see dem no moa.
Rev 22.3: stay inside da town, an all God's worka guys goin work fo him.
Rev 22.6: God, da Boss, send his Spirit fo tell da guys dat talk fo him wat fo say.
Rev 22.8: guy dat wen show um to me, fo show love an respeck to him.”
Rev 22.18: If anybody add someting, God goin give him all da big troubles God wen tell bout inside dis book.”
Rev 22.19: stuff dat God tell from dis book, God goin take away from him his share a da real kine life dat da tree give, an his